Insidious Meme

SciFi World – 01-03-2023

SciFi World - 01-03-2023

SciFi World - 01-03-2023

Episode Summary:

The PDF document titled "SciFi World" by Clif High, published on January 3, 2024, provides a comprehensive perspective on the author's vision of a future dominated by the decline of current societal structures and the emergence of a new era characterized by hyper novelty and the end of authoritative control. The author critiques the American empire's trajectory, likening its rise and fall to the British Empire, and points out the failures of the Federal Reserve and fiat currency system, which he claims are leading to the death of the American empire. As the fiat currency fails and people struggle to meet basic needs, he anticipates a societal upheaval and a revolutionary shift towards a new way of living and thinking, free from the constraints of the current financial and political systems. This shift is described as moving into a "Sci-Fi world," where hyper novelty allows for continuous and unrestricted innovation and transformation. The author predicts that this transition period will be tumultuous and chaotic but ultimately lead to a more positive future with sound money, real investment, and a flourish of new inventions and technologies.

#SciFiWorld #ClifHigh #AmericanEmpire #FiatCurrency #HyperNovelty #Innovation #SocietalShift #Revolution #CentralBanks #FederalReserve #CurrencyFailure #Inflation #NewEra #SoundMoney #Investment #AuthorityCollapse #TechnologicalBoom #FuturePredictions #PoliticalChange #EconomicReform #Disruption #Chaos #Transformation #Survival #RevolutionaryThinking #CryptoFuture #Decentralization #Empowerment #GrassrootsMovement #FinancialFreedom #SocialOrder #NormieReactions #AuthorityDeath #VisionaryInsight #GlobalChange

Key Takeaways:
  • The decline of the American empire and fiat currency system is imminent.
  • A new era of hyper novelty will emerge, characterized by unrestricted innovation and transformation.
  • The transition period will be tumultuous and chaotic but ultimately lead to a more positive future with sound money and real investment.
  • Societal upheaval and revolution are anticipated as people struggle to meet basic needs due to the failing currency.
  • The author envisions a flourishing of new inventions and technologies in this new era.
Predictions:
  • The American empire will collapse due to the failures of the fiat currency system.
  • A societal shift towards a new way of living and thinking, free from the constraints of current financial and political systems, will occur.
  • Sound money and real investment will replace speculative money placement.
  • A period of vast numbers of new inventions and technological advancements will emerge.
  • The transition will be recognized by even those who are currently oblivious to the changing times.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

SciFi World - 01-03-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Damn, it's noon. Long day.

Heading outbound now. Got all my chores done, met with everybody, did all of the necessary stuff, and heading out to do more damn work. Got people meeting me in about an hour or so at my place to talk about the extension I'm putting on and the work I need to get done there anyway, though, so I wanted to talk for a few minutes about Sci-Fi world, and really, it's the death of the american empire. Most kids don't know it, but America was never supposed to be an empire, right? We rebelled against the british empire and came on over here because we didn't want anything to do with their way of organizing things.

And then we end up replicating them. They infiltrated us in the 18 hundreds. They tried to put in two central banks. We threw those out. And then eventually they were able to work their way in and put in another central bank and seize control.

In 1913, it actually started. In the 1890s, they started a big push for the blackmail and the murder and this kind of thing. It's amazing how many people have been murdered in order to bring in the Federal reserve. Not merely the people that were killed on the Titanic, but a long string of people that were standing in their way, starting about. Actually, it was like, I think one of the first that I've identified is in, like, 1889, this particular banker in New York that was making waves about no central bank.

Anyway, so as we move into Sci-Fi world, we will also. Okay, so how do I say? Okay, so we're going to experience, and we're experiencing it right now, the death of authority. And this is also coincident with the death of the american empire, which is based on the fiat currency of the Federal Reserve bank, which is not part of the federal government, has no reserves, and is not a bank. It's simply a money laundering creation machine.

Anyway, so the death of the american empire is in the core. It's happening because of the death of the currency, because the currency can't be extended any longer because it has no purchasing power. And this is rapidly becoming evident. People are starving, even though they're working. They're not able to pay for housing, this kind of thing.

So we know that the currency is failing. It actually truly is no longer working for people. In 1913, when they first brought it out, almost everybody ignored it. Hardly anybody used it. In 1913, a family of four could have all of their expenses covered by a dollar a day in terms of earned income.

So if you earned $30 a month, you could support yourself you could support your wife and you could support two kids. Not a bad deal, right?

That was basically the prevailing wage for any kind of skilled work other than like, farm labor, right? Because it was a different category. We were still 80% agricultural at that stage in the 18 hundreds. But by the time we get into the 19 hundreds, we're looking at basically a dollar a day in a gold based economy as being a living wage. And it was generally paid.

We had plenty of gold, everything was circulating just fine. And then the Elohim worship cult gets their bank in, and now we're all fucked, right? And so now it's actually reached the point where you can't survive on your retirement that you worked all your life for. If you're on only a government retirement program, it just is not going to be working for you. You won't be able to get health care, you won't be able to afford housing.

And pretty soon it'll get to the point where even with all your other expenses, if you pay none of your bills, you still won't be able to afford food. And that period is going to be very brief. Okay? So we're not talking years for that.

The whole social order would be in upheaval if that tried to continue for years because basically everybody was starving. And so, believe me, if we had no food here and the situation was that dire and stuff, I will use my last of my resources to go and raise an army and stage a revolution here in Washington state. The rest of y'all can go fuck yourselves. You got to work out your own issues, right? But in Washington state, if we have that dire situation where people are starving because the food system's broken down and there is no political will to change the, you know, the Democrats are still in charge, yada, yada, yada, then it's like, okay, dudes, it's pirate know, revolution is, you know, a bunch of old men.

Because I would just go and tell everybody I was going to go and take my arms. I'm not going to hide it. I'm coming into Olympia to clear the place out and take it over, right? Redo restart. So that would be the approach I would take under those circumstances.

Not going to happen the way that our financial system is structured. There are so many politicians that are so fucking freaked out because they know that we can all identify them. You can look on the phone, get their picture, et cetera, et cetera. And we'd go and track them all down and hang them, and then we'd set about fixing things up again. Anyway, though, so a couple of OD little notes.

One of my stalkers has a phone with my picture on it that he did not put on there, and also has pictures of JC and a bunch of people that I don't know. Are they all part of a gang stalking or is there some kind of like organized effort here to rattle our cage, give us some shit? Sure looks that way. Anyway, though. So Sci-Fi world is going to emerge out of hypernovelty.

We're in hyper novelty now as authority fades. What makes it hyper novelty is that there will be new shit everywhere, constantly, continuously, because there will be no authorities left to say that a, that's not true, or that's a bogus thought. There won't be any constraints on our ability to examine data in terms of history and all of this kind of shit, unlike now, right? So if you get into too much history now, they're going to come and say, no, you're wrong, this didn't exist, this didn't happen. People will give you blowback for it, right?

That's going to fall away. A lot of the people that are doing that are paid shills. They're very stupid, low intelligence people. They don't have much on the go mentally, and they're simply being paid to be an academic parrot, to hold the line, prevent disinformation, this kind of stuff, right? Oh, you can't weaponize history against us, blah, blah, blah.

In spite of the fact that they have indeed weaponized history with all of the critical race theory and all of that kind of shit. All that crap's going to fall away this year. It'll be very dramatic, I think, from the end of January onward, but certainly from the third week in February, we're going to get into some serious level of social disruptions that will run across the entire nation. Okay? So this may also be participating during that period of time.

We may be having a situation where we have the markets going crazy. Okay? They're not going to crash at that point. That's probably a little too early. Maybe we might see some initial phase of a stock market crash around the 18 February, but the Fed and everybody will still be pumping their fake dollars like mad.

So it's going to be difficult to see that we're going to have a price crash relative to stocks. And that's what everybody is looking at for, oh, our economy is good because our stock market's up. It's like horseshit. Stock market is all rehypothecation, Ponzi scheme shit anyway. As we will discover, because we're going to run into this crack up boom.

In the crack up boom, we can expect the Fed to shovel all kinds of money through all kinds of their fiat, through every possible outlet into stock market and trying to get it into people's hands to spend as the velocity of the spending drops, which it's already happening. I've been talking with merchants all day today. Out in the wild here, we are certainly seeing all the signs of depression, right? Especially in terms of money velocity through the system, through the locals'hands out here.

This gets so complicated, guys.

All right, so we're going to get a crack up boom. They're going to shovel money like Matt into the stock market. The bidenistas will be saying, hey, look, it's a good economy. Look, look, the stock market's up. The people won't be buying it.

And at some point here, and we're very rapidly approaching it, we're going to have this net negative return in the sense that, like I was saying, you could work and you could get an income, but it wouldn't be sufficient to pay housing and food and transportation, right? And so to say nothing of health care and this kind of thing. So the failure of the money is making the social order fail all around us. So you know that when you know your money is failing, when a class of drugs that a person uses for, like, kidney treatment, and they've been paying this for years because they'd had dialysis and all this kind of shit, all of a sudden doubles and it doubled in one month. So this guy I was talking to today, while I was waiting on some service today, had a situation four months ago where a particular drug he was taking, and he said it wouldn't mean anything to me, used to cost him $7,000 a month, and now it's gone to almost 15,000 a month.

So I think the big pharma industry is trying to play catch up or get ahead relative to the death of the currency anyway, though. So as the currency dies in this period of hyper novelty, we're going to have a reaction seen in the social order that will reflect back on itself. So, in other words, we'll have a situation where people won't be able to make a living on the wages. And so, like I was saying in the previous talk, so anybody with student debt, the first thing that we can expect that will happen is they won't pay those debts anymore. They won't pay interest on that debt.

They won't even deal with it. Pretty soon, you're going to have this so egregiously in our face that the banks are going to say relative to like student loans, they'll start saying, oh, don't worry, you don't have to pay it back, just pay the interest. If you just pay the interest, you're good. And it's like that's the very last phase of the banks being able to get enough money to flow through their system in a total loop in order for the bank to be active, not even solvent, just be able to open the fucking doors. And I suspect that's a couple of months away.

I don't know how. Wow. Eagle right over my head here. Big guy too. He's probably been fishing in the river here anyway, so the crap, somehow I'd nicked myself and started it bleeding again anyway though.

So the social order here, getting a paper towel and we're good. The social order is going to be evolving, okay? So it's going to evolve out of this state of disrepair, dysfunction, all of that, and will gradually start fixing things, changing things, heading. And it'll be fairly dramatic because at the moment those people that want to correct the societal's ills are being stymied, blocked by people that want to continue on in this communist effort, and they're anti humanity and want to kill a bunch of people. And yada yada yada, we don't know why the hell they think that way.

But they're part of the Elohim worship cult. They may be blood drinkers, who the fuck knows? Anyway, they're out there using money to try and prevent people from fixing the problems that they engineered. And so that's our structure at the moment. Well, as the money dies, a lot of the foot soldiers for the side that want to break everything down, a lot of the foot soldiers there are not going to be paid and they won't be available to participate.

So I expect that they'll call a BLM riot and nobody is going to show up much because they're not getting paid anything to make it worthwhile. And it's getting a little hinky out there with the evil white race all getting guns and being very touchy about being genocided. Okay? And so this is also the problem for the Elohim worship cult is that they're writing a very fine line. So they're trying to skate along on this fine line.

If they go to either side of it, they're fucked. And one of the sides they have to go towards is the destruction of the banking system. But they've got to do it in such a way that they don't pull the rug out from the whole system too rapidly, because then all social order would fail and a lot of us would just take up arms and as I say, we would go and have the political will in the form of a revolution to change things. And in the process of changing things in that period of disruption and chaos, a lot of the Elohim worship people will simply be killed just to remove them. I'm not talking genocide or anything like that.

I'm talking about people that are, you know, Federal Reserve board member Kapow. That's it. We don't have to worry about you anymore, right? Let's just get rid of the Federal Reserve by killing them all, that kind of thing, right? That will occur, especially if it goes too rapidly.

Things break out too fast anyway. So Sci-Fi World is going to come out of the hyper novelty that is resulting now from the bad guys trying to deliberately destroy the social system in order to engineer the new financial system, which is the central bank digital currency that's intended to enslave the whole planet.

So Sci-Fi world will begin, I think, to our site. We'll be able to see the emergence of some aspects of ScI-Fi World this year, probably the very last quarter, right? The very last few months of this year. We'll get some hints of how Sci-Fi world will start emerging, start manifesting. But it's going to be a period of vast numbers of new inventions coming out, new stuff happening.

A lot of people will get, okay, so as part of this, I suspect that we will go back to a sound money situation and then we'll go back to real investment as opposed to speculative money placement. Right. And so as we get into this, we'll have a sound money, we'll get into investment. Investments will start investors, people with excess money that were able to be smart and preserve wealth through this transformation will then start trying to put their money to work in various different industries. And so we'll have inventions happening all over the place that will then go through the various generations of improving the tech and so on.

And those people that invest in those companies will get a return on their money as well as the appreciation of the assets that they've nominally purchased. So I'm looking into some companies that use electricity in novel ways and going to decide at some point to invest some money in those companies.

At this point, it seems very wise to follow that course of action. So I found one I'm dealing with it now they're on generation two of their product, which it's like. The generation two is a little wimpy, but I can see the technical problems for generation three and four. And by generation four, it will surpass the tool it's intended to replace. Okay?

So right now it's in competition and doing very poorly because of the nature of the electrically driven process that this tool uses. So I'm not talking like electric cars or anything like that, right. Anyway, though at that point, I can see I'm going to play around. I bought one of their units, I'm going to play around with it and see if I actually can't make some inventions off of it and get in on the invention cycle of the whole thing, right. But also, if I just use the product and stay abreast of this particular company, then I can buy generation three and generation four, which are things I want anyway.

I mean, the tool itself is something I want anyway. I'm not being mysterious. I just don't want people going and trying to buy this. You got to be really sophisticated, knowing what you're doing here, and be willing to take massive risks with your personal capital. So I'm not going to say anything at this point until we reach a certain point.

Then I'll tell people, oh, yeah, I'm invested in this, and I'm thinking of investing in this and so on. Not that I'm going to be good at that, right? I mean, I think I might be good at that in an investment environment, but I'm certainly not good at it in a speculation environment. Speculation drives me crazy. My buddy Joe, he trades stuff and it's like, fuck, if I did that, I'd have so much anxiety, I'd give myself.

What are those things? Panic attacks. Right. So anyway, so it's just not something I'm constitutionally built to do. However, an investment where I just put some money in and track the company over time.

Like, hey, no worries, guy, I like this technology, blah, blah, blah. Anyway, so we're coming into Sci-Fi world, emerging this year out of the chaos of this year of transition, and it'll probably be more like 1819 months, and then we'll be sort of solidly into Sci-Fi world, and there will be a recognization that we're not going back. Right. You'll be able to see that we're not going to be repeating the old mistakes, that things truly have changed. And this for even the regular normies.

And I talk to normies all the time. I push them a little bit disturb their mind, see what happens, see how they react. Was doing some of that today with some guys that have had the jab and are totally normies and have no idea what they're facing. Although I got to say that they were all worried, so they've all heard enough to be worried, and I'm telling them things to do, but they're not yet worried enough that they're going to try and do that. They're still captured mentally by the authority of the medical system.

But believe me, when we yank the mrna and when the big pharma crashes, so we lose that level of authority for, quote, medicines, these chemicals that they crank out, that's going to be a huge tranche of people that will just say, holy shit, and they'll move over into hyper novelty here. They'll say, no fucking authority is going to tell me what to do. Because there is no authority, right? There is no ultimate authority on all of this. And also, by the way, this whole period of time is going to bring out the breakdown of authority in religion, regardless of anything I do.

I could have kept my mouth shut and we would still be here, people talking about the elohim, we would still be facing the Elohim coming back, and all of the things that we're still facing. I thought to get a jump on it, right? To get those people that can think about it ahead of time, thinking about it, so they don't have to stop and go through this process. When we're dealing with the Elohim themselves, it's just better to have plans and have your mind free because you recognize some of the shit that's actually going on anyway. So the last quarter, this year, I expect to see some pretty significant changes that will indicate that we're really seriously shifting over into Sci-Fi world.

And in the meantime, it's going to be ugly and dirty and massively chaotic, and all kinds of shit's going to happen. But it's like, well, it all has to happen, it's all going to be good for us. Even though at the moment it doesn't feel good, right? It's kind of like you don't want to really sit there and suture the wound in your leg. You know that every time you put that needle in there and thread it through and bring those two parts of the wound together, that that's going to hurt and it's already hurting, and you're going to keep adding to the hurt through the whole process.

But you do know that the minute you get to that last suture, then that phase is done. And eventually the hurt will go away and everything will heal up. And that's really where we are. Where we are. People are just reluctant to take the needle and jab it into their leg on one side of the wound.

And pull it through to the other side of the wound. And then come back with the line and tie it up and start closing up the wounds. Right. A lot of people don't even see we're wounded. So anyway, the current thinking for us now is last week in January is going to begin a bunch of chaos.

February 18 and onward is going to magnify that chaos. And I suspect that in the February the 18th, I'm suspecting I don't have any for sure kind of indicators that I would really have a lot of confidence in. But I suspect that there's a high probability that that will be the period of time for the rest of our release language. That had been forecast back last July and August. We still have yet to complete a lot of that.

The reason I suspect that this is probably going to happen and may happen on. Okay, so I got a lot of probabilities that it will happen. And I suspect that it will happen in February. Because of the building tension values now. And the way they're growing.

And the type of language that we're getting building tension on. And I won't go into details. I'm almost back at the place here, and I've got stuff I've got to do.

So third week in January. Last week in January, 18 February. I'm saying that we'll get a big hit on hyper novelty in the first week. Oh, that was my guy. He was supposed to be here.

He was here early. Oh, well, shit. Anyway, so he wasn't supposed to be here till after one. Maybe he'll come back.

Anyway, so April 3, we should have for all of us guys, people that listen to me, that really going out and pay attention. As opposed to the people that listen and say, oh, that old fucker don't know shit. So April 3 is where I'm suspecting that the Wu people will be able to say, yeah, hyper novelty is here. Authority is dying right and left. And it's increasing.

And the rate of increase itself is increasing. So we'll start getting into the snowball effect. Right where you're rolling down the hill and you're going at a pretty fast clip. And then you notice that the speed at which you are rotating. In terms of spinning around and going down that hill is increasing.

And so it all becomes this, as I say, a snowball effect. And I'm expecting that to pick up in April and to continue. And it'll really hit the normies in the first part of June, maybe the middle of June, something like that. And then we'll start having Normie freakouts. Normie freakouts are going to participate in our hyper novelty.

So that's going to be the increase of the increase, so to speak. Right? Then it'll start reflecting back and it'll get really chaotic through the summer. Anyway, guys, I got to go and do stuff. I'll get into more of this stuff later.

There's so much more. We've got lots of detail in some of the data sets now as to how some of it's going to peel off, but basically, um, it's the buckle up buttercup time, you know, it's here now. Okay, gotta get moving. Talk to you all later.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Feds Shoveling That Shit – 12-20-2023

Feds Shoveling That Shit - 12-20-2023

Feds Shoveling That Shit - 12-20-2023

Episode Summary:

Clif High's discourse revolves around economic predictions, personal anecdotes, and criticisms of current economic policies. He discusses the trajectory of cryptocurrencies, especially Bitcoin, and criticizes individuals like Joe who sold their cryptocurrencies prematurely based on dreams rather than market analysis. High is skeptical of wave chartists but acknowledges their predictions of a significant rise in Bitcoin value. He lambasts the Federal Reserve and government for their monetary policies, predicting they will continue to inflate the currency to maintain power and stave off a depression. This inflation, he claims, will inadvertently boost the value of cryptocurrencies and precious metals as people seek to preserve wealth.

High foresees desperate measures from the government, including mass forgiveness of debts like student loans and possibly mortgages, as a way to maintain control and stimulate the economy. He warns of increasing inflation and its impact on everyday Americans, urging preparation and investment in cryptocurrencies or gold to safeguard against the devaluing currency.

Throughout, High expresses deep mistrust towards the establishment, predicting a potential uprising or civil unrest. He sees the elite as vulnerable, predicting that a chaotic situation might lead to their targeting. Despite the turmoil, High sees an opportunity in the rise of cryptocurrencies and precious metals as traditional financial systems falter. His tone is one of warning but also of opportunity for those who understand the implications of the current economic trajectory.

#ClifHigh #Cryptocurrency #Bitcoin #Inflation #FederalReserve #EconomicPolicy #Gold #Silver #AssetPreparation #WealthPreservation #DebtForgiveness #MortgageCrisis #StudentLoans #EconomicCrisis #DigitalAssets #PreciousMetals #MarketAnalysis #EconomicPrediction #CivilUnrest #EliteVulnerability #GovernmentControl #MonetaryPolicy #Deflation #CurrencyValue #InvestmentStrategy #Recession #BoomBustCycle #FinancialSystem #EconomicOpportunity #WealthBuilding #Survivalism #FinancialLiteracy #EconomicTurmoil #HyperInflation #EconomicInstability #FiatCurrency

Key Takeaways:
  • The Federal Reserve and government inflationary policies are expected to continue, potentially leading to a significant rise in cryptocurrency values, especially Bitcoin.
  • High criticizes individuals relying on dreams or inadequate analyses for financial decisions, emphasizing the need for market-based analysis.
  • Debt forgiveness and other fiscal measures may be used as strategies to stimulate the economy, leading to further inflation.
  • The public is advised to prepare for a changing economic landscape, including the devaluation of fiat currency and the rise of digital and precious metal assets.
  • High foresees potential societal upheaval and elite vulnerability, suggesting that a chaotic situation might lead to targeting of the establishment.
Predictions:
  • Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies will experience a significant surge in value due to inflationary measures and lack of trust in traditional financial systems.
  • The government will take drastic fiscal measures, including possible debt forgiveness, to stimulate the economy.
  • Inflation will continue to rise, affecting the purchasing power of the average consumer.
  • There will be an increased public shift towards cryptocurrencies and precious metals as a hedge against inflation.
  • Potential societal upheaval and civil unrest may occur as economic policies lead to greater instability.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Feds Shoveling That Shit - 12-20-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Just about noon, heading back out to the coast, outward bound. Got all my chores done. I can get ready for the tree removals tomorrow.

Well, they're just dropping the trees tomorrow and chopping them up, and then we'll get the removal next week. Geek. So things are moving right along for the extension on the house. Anyway, wanted to talk about species, right? Money, cryptos, all of that gold.

And, you know, I got a real issue with Joe. He's a nice guy. This is J Snip four. But he had this dream and he thinks it's prophetic. And so he sold all of his cryptos at 38 when bitcoin hit 38,000.

And just like recently, this is a while back, like a couple of weeks ago that Joe sold. Anyway, just recently we've had indicators out of the official dumb that we're about to get into one of those big pumps for the cryptos. So in my opinion, J Snip is going to miss out on all of this. Right? Let me see if I can.

Okay, so there are these people that do this kind of charting when they try and predict where coins are going to go, and they use these candles and reference marks and all of that. And within that group of the chartists, there is these people that are a subset of that, that are waivers, okay? And they think that there's a particular wave formation that goes through currency and stuff. And you can see these waves in hindsight, right? It's kind of an issue to pick them out ahead of time, but if you're pretty good, you probably can.

Anyway, one of these groups had contacted me, I've been talking to them, and just the other day I got an email and they'd sent me this chart thing that they had, which showed that if bitcoin held that it was going to bounce along, in their opinion, it was going to bounce along in the 41 to 43,000 for a couple of days, maybe a week or so, and then it was going to go way up. And the next time it would have any kind of a pullback was when it was about, when it was over 87,000, they had this number, it's like 87,000, I want to say 819 or something, right? And it's just this number that shows up in their chart. When you run the chart out and look, it's like, oh, okay, that's what it should be when it reaches this particular point. So 87,000, and then it'll have a pullback.

They're expecting that pullback might go down to as low as the upper 50s. So from 87,000, they think it might go down, might lose, down to 57,000. So a big correction at that point, then they think there's going to be this next big leg up that will take a bitcoin over 100,000. So that's how these Chartists see the progression of it. And it's like, wow, Joe sold at the wrong fucking time, if these guys are correct, right, he's relying on his dream, and that's fine, but his dream guy should have been a little bit more accurate relative to numbers and convinced him don't sell until bitcoin is at 88,000.

Right? Something like that. Anyway, coincidentally, with the Chartist. So, like, two days after the Chartist guy sent me the email, we start getting into the indicators that the Fed does their little meeting. The Federal Reserve bank, which is not part of the federal government, has no reserves and is not a bank, comes on out and says, well, we're going to have three reductions next year.

So they're giving guidance for next year. Well, all right, so this is part of what we were expecting, the people that follow the fed and all of that. We expected them to do this, and I expected at some point they would have to, as a result of the inflation that they are creating, they would have to do some form of a flood the system with money in order to try to buy votes for the communist Biden regime. Right? And so that's what they're trying to do.

They're trying to forgive student debt so that, oh, Biden's such a good guy, he forgived all of this student debt on me, right. That kind of know, basically trying to buy votes anyway. So when they do this, it's not going to be sufficient for them to simply lower rates. That'll provide a big pop, there's no question about that. But they are going to have to do something to provide more flow, more volume and more speed of the Federal Reserve note, aka the dollar, the petrodollar through the system, because we're just not using it as much, people aren't buying as much.

It's not a big boom time. Everybody knows we're in a recession and all these other reasons they're going to have to do this. And so now we're seeing some of the indications of how they intend to do it. It's going to be a combination of the lowering of the rates and even more than that, setting the expectation for the lowering of the rates. Okay, so they're telling you basically right now we know that the system is fucked.

We know that it's coming apart at the seams, and we're going to try and save it. And that starting next year we'll try and save it by these mechanisms. And then at this point, they're also doing the raising of the federal minimum wage. Now, they're not raising the federal minimum wage to give everybody a raise, okay? They're raising it because they've diluted the money that much.

That in order to keep the system afloat, to keep all these people at the lower end of the economic strata afloat, they must raise the rates or raise the minimum wage just to accommodate this. Now, of course, that has a ripple on effect, right? It causes big problems for all the businesses who have to now raise all of their prices in order to be able to pay for these new minimum wages. And so that's going to force the inflation into particular like avenues, right? So they're forcing inflation into the price of goods by causing an inflationary pressure within the cost of labor.

And so the result of this, though, all right? So there's one more factor to this. Not only are they going to reduce the rates at the fed level, not only are they going to forgive student loans and forgive as much fucking debt as they can, I will not be surprised to see them start forgiving mortgages. Okay? I'm not shitting you guys.

They're going to forgive mortgages. Now the reason they're going to do that is because in the process of forgiving that mortgage, they seize the property. You just don't recognize that. Okay? Anyway, it's not like you're not going to make house payments, but they're going to forgive some aspect of the debt.

They're going to lower the interest rate on it. Something to get you what you think of as a pop, more species flowing through your hands. They're desperate to raise the speed of transactions within the United States because they've slowed down to the critical point where if they slow just a little tiny bit more, we're into a major depression, and we're going to have that depression no matter what. They can't help. It's the end of the system.

They're just doing everything they can to prolong it. A few more days, to give them a few more days of grace, blah, blah, blah. So one of the things they will do is they're going to attempt to flood the system. Probably they'll do something weird, okay? Maybe they'll say, okay, I don't know how they're going to do it, but they'll try and get cash in the hands of the people that are in the lower third of the strata of the economy, and it'll be more than simply raising the minimum wage.

There'll be some kind of a handout from the federal government. This will likely come in probably February or March. It's going to be that dire for them that they'll have to do something at that time anyway, though. So the impact of all of this, all of this stuff that's happening right now is supportive of these wave guys, the Chartists that use the waves, because we're seeing that the federal government is going to shove, the fed and the federal government, the Biden regime, is going to shove vast quantities of federal reserve notes into the hands of everybody they possibly can here in the United States. In so doing, they are going to push cryptos through the fucking roof, because a lot of people will see the panic in these moves, even if they really don't understand economic stuff and so on.

They will start becoming really antsy, really anxious about what's going on, and they will start converting a lot of these newly pimped out dollars, newly created dollars are going to go into cryptos and gold and silver as well. So we're going to see a big support for rising crypto prices within the actions of the federal government. And I suspect that that support is starting already with this pre announcement. Right. Because they're managing the expectation.

They've caused certain things to already occur in the stock markets because of these expectations that they're managing them and the way they're doing it. And so they will have this impact. It's already activated. They'll have to shovel in little bits of stuff as we go along. But they're going to have to try.

Their goal is to try and create a raging fire in the economy for the lead in to next year's election. Right.

Whether we have it or not is immaterial. They are going to act as though we're going to have it. And the regime is going to take this approach, basically, to forestall revolution. Every time you get into one of these major depressions, we have revolution. So in the early 19 hundreds, right after they'd started the Federal Reserve, we almost had a revolution right in the depression in 1914.

And they actually had hundreds of thousands of people that had been in the military at that stage preparing to march on Washington, DC. That was in 1914. Then we go and we do this again in 19 1718, where we've got difficult economic conditions. Then we get the roaring 20s here because the Federal Reserve was trying to compensate for what was going on globally with the failure of the Reichmark, which at that point was one of the primary reserve currencies. Anyway, though.

So here we are, we're right on the cusp of a major run up over the course of this next year due to these circumstances, right? Due to the fact that they're pumping the fiat money, creating more fiat as fast as they fucking can, and then also doing everything they can to get it into circulation so it will be spent. And a lot of people are wise enough and they're going to put it into cryptos as soon as they get it. So we're getting this pump up effect that's going to, in my opinion, the government's going to have to drive that all through next year and keep it going as long as they possibly can to get anything, like any kind of traction that they may with the communist party candidate, whoever the fuck that is. We know it won't be Biden.

Obama is just sick of that fool and he's getting rid of him anyway, though. So they're pimping for a civil war, all of these kind of things. It's just not going to happen the way that the power elite want it to happen. And personally, I think that it would be really kind of cool to have the restraints come off of the population because in my opinion, once we got into any kind of a generalized armament, walking around, kind of shooting war, civil war thing, that there's going to be squads of people that go on out and eliminate and kill all of the elite. They're going to track down any of the elite, anybody that they think is an elite globalist in this country, and they will assassinate them under the COVID of a civil war, and they'll probably blame it on one side or the other.

It doesn't matter. This is like a third force that's going to go in out and do their own house cleaning.

I think that the power elite are really worried about that. And this is the whole Zucker bunker thing. Zucker Bunker in Hawaii, right? These fuckers are worried about the population not liking them and acting on that. So we're seeing it all to hell and gone on the elitist.

And then there's a lot that are really stupid. The elitist and the second tier, they're the ones that are just being used. You really don't know what's going on. They're sort of the normie Satanists anyway. Those people are going to just be slaughtered.

They have no fucking clue. So it's going to be kind of interesting. I actually don't think we're going to get to a civil war as much as Obama and these people want to push it. I just don't think it's going to happen because they don't really grasp where we're at in terms of the emotional tenor of the population. Our tone is not as they perceive it anyway.

So we'll get a big pop in the cryptos, get a big pop in gold and silver. As we go forward here, we know that the scenario that Joe thinks his dreams came out with where we had $6 silver and, you know, I don't know, maybe it was $20 gold or something, whatever it was, we know that that's not going to happen because Costco sold $100 million worth of gold. They sell out within hours whenever they have gold available to be purchased, and they have to limit the sale of it to one per person. There's that much. So now, the only way that we could get those kind of prices that Joe's talking about, that his dream told him.

Now, bear in mind, I don't think his dream is prophetic. I don't think his dream has any merit to it whatsoever relative to predicting the future. Because ultimately, yeah, we were going to get to 38,000 no matter what, relative to bitcoin. The fact that Joe sold, that's kind of weird. But anyway, but we won't get to those dollars for gold and silver unless we go back to a constitutional money, which would be a gold and silver money, in which case $6 an ounce silver doesn't even make sense then under those circumstances, because there's 371 grains of silver to a silver dollar, and at a constitutional level, the support, it would maybe hold a $6 value for silver.

And I think, let me see. Maybe we'd get down to under constitutional money. I don't know. I couldn't project what bitcoin would be under a constitutional money that was convertible to gold and silver. But the only way that we could get that would be the collapse of the federal government and the reinstitution of a constitutional republic, in which case all the bets are off.

We wouldn't have a stock market as you know it now, because all those stocks are bogus. They're rehypothecated a thousand times to one. Nobody's ever getting the shares of the stock. They only get it put into an account in their name, and it's a giant Ponzi scheme. And so that's going to collapse under constitutional money.

So much would collapse under constitutional money that Joe would ever, ever have the opportunity to purchase cryptos at those low prices where they would escalate to the prices that they're getting now. The only reason we have these prices on cryptocurrencies now is because the money is shit. The currency is not worth any fucking thing.

So just saw a mill. I'm going to have to go and talk to. They've got some good prices on lumber anyway.

So it's a juxtaposition. If you're going to have very high dollar values for cryptos, you're going to have to have a very weak currency. If you have a very strong currency, you're never going to have high dollar values for cryptos. So you might know XRP I think is going to crap out. I think XRP is a bunch of shit.

It only has bankers as its customers. And as the banks crash, which they're doing now, more and more of those potential customers and active customers for XRP are dropping out. Two of the banks that were part of the XRP ripple consortium are folding, right. They're being bought out and collapsing. So there's not a lot of strength in that.

But let's just say that XRP continued. And at that point I don't know what he was thinking of buying it at $0.02 or $0.06 or something. But say that you bought XRP after all this stuff and silver was $6 an ounce and you bought your XRP at $0.02. Well, at that level, constitutional money, you don't have inflation, right? You don't have inflation coming in and pumping up things.

You don't have the kind of markets we have now. So if XRP is purchased at two cent, it might well be 30 years before you got XRP up to $0.05 absent inflation, because it's a valuation thing, right? Unless XRP added value, causing people to want to buy it, there's no reason for it to rise in price when the money is stable and is backed by gold and silver. So you see in my problem with all of Joe's dream stuff is that there's no rational scenario that would support these divergent aspects of what came in there. This is one of the reasons I'd never trust my own dreams as any form of prophecy.

Also, there's this thing, okay? So if you have a stake in the game, your dreams will delude you. If you have an emotional attachment to whatever is the outcome in there, your dreams are there to help you work out that emotional attachment. They're not there to tell you the future. Right?

And this idea of spirit coming down and telling you the future in your dreams, well, that's kind of, in my opinion, that's the same level of shit as saying, oh, you know, it's the Daniel timeline, right? And he's working off all this weird math and all this stuff from deliberately badly translated material. So the people that translated and created the Bible that Bo is working off of wanted to deceive people when they did that. And Bo thinks this is the legit word of his God. That's very much akin to Joe thinking that this dream is valid, even though it has to be interpreted, okay?

Even though he has to look at it and say, this means this and this means that, and that means that. And your mind will always lie to you. This is like the thing that the rv guys understand. Your mind will supply to you what it thinks you want to hear. So if you have an emotional attachment.

So asking for a dream is preloading yourself by saying, in my opinion, it's preloading yourself to these emotional states that when you go to sleep or will have your mind trick your consciousness by coming up with this shit. Because in my opinion, Joe's dream is full of shit. Obviously, it is not the scenario. Obviously. So far, there is no crash.

Yes, there probably will be a crash, but it's going to be a crack up boom, which means that we're going to see the stock market go through the fucking roof. It'll be going through the fucking roof with digits. And these digits are based 100% on deflating money. And we're going to have inflation within the numbers, and it's going to be meaningless relative to the stock market because it's a crack up boom. In my opinion, this crack up boom will do a 1920s style pump up of the stock market.

But now we also have cryptocurrencies and gold and silver, and the currency will flow there in increasing amounts to the point that that starts becoming an embarrassment for the Federal Reserve and the powers that be the establishment. And these guys are going to go really fucking. I'm not. I think that before the Biden regime is over, they will probably come up with some form. It won't be a law because they won't be able to get it through the house, but some kind of regulations and stuff on censorship to where they will try and put you in jail for saying their money is worthless, for saying that the Biden regime is corrupt and crooked and all of that we're coming to this point where the communists around Biden are going to have to start really hardening up and showing themselves a little bit more fiercely as we go forward.

Now, it's all going to fail, but it's going to be a really interesting year as this shit fails around us, fails in front of our face. Right? So the thing to do is to prep. You got to get the stuff you need while you have currency that is still effective in purchasing. Even if it's shit for purchasing, you still have to do it.

So now, because it's shit for purchasing, you've got to make really hard decisions as to where to put this dying dollar in terms of your labor getting you money to buy stuff, right? Because now you're going to understand that, oh, look, the currency is deflating. That is to say, we have inflation in the numbers and deflation in the purchasing power of our currency. And it's doing it at such a rate, such a huge, fantastically fast rate that I get my paycheck now. I'd better run out and buy the food now while I can buy those few more calories for those few more dollars, because 30 days from now, it'll be less calories for the same amount of dollars.

And that's meaningful because you need calories to keep your body alive.

So anyway, we're not going to get $100,000 bitcoin parties this year, but it really looks like it's on for next year also. Really looks like maybe at the time that we get into that crash, before we get to constitutional money, which we will head there, but before we do that, we'll hit that $600 per ounce on silver. And again, you won't want to live in that world. It's just going to be too chaotic and everything's going to be too expensive. Nothing's going to work.

We're going to have hyper novelty in the sense that there's no authority anywhere, and so on and so on and so on, right? It's just going to really pile on and cause all kinds of problems in the world that creates the $600 silver, and that will exist briefly. Okay, so $600 silver is not going to be in perpetuity. It's not going to be a multi year thing. Right.

It might only be four or five months that it's at that level. And then we go back to a constitutional money. At the point that we go back to a constitutional money, I could see $6 for an ounce of silver, no problem. But it'll be that way for 20 or 30 years. Bear in mind, okay, for those periods of time that the USA had no central bank.

So before the Fed and after the second bank of the US. So between the civil war and the existence of the Fed, we had no inflation. In fact, that's not true. We actually had a little tiny bit of inflation when they found vast quantities of gold up in Alaska. But we actually had deflation with increasing productivity.

So as Ford came out and started making assembly line stuff, things started getting cheaper. You could get more value for your dollars. This did not sit well with the bankers. That's why they started coming up with their scheme to put the Federal Reserve in place. They need that inflation in order to be able to print the fake money and bribe people so they can steal babies and eat them, that kind of thing.

Anyway, we're probably going to see bitcoin crossing $100,000, in my opinion, before fall of next year. But again, that's not good. It's an indication of how bad the fucking money is. And I'm dealing with these issues now as I try and deal with my housing problems here and running into the sporadic and erratic inflationary rates in various different kinds of material. It's just really bizarre.

Anyway, guys, I got to go and do some stuff. I've got another stop here and I'll make another one of these later. I don't know if we're going to be doing any next week. It's Christmas. I've got to do some stuff on Christmas Day in the following couple of days.

And maybe we'll get our stumps removed that Thursday or Friday of next week. I don't know when we can get the equipment in here. Then we can actually get started building. Okay. Anyway, take care, guys.

Have a happy No EL, right? There's no fucking EL. At least not my area. And it's like, fuck the Elohim. If I knew there was an Elohim around here and I had the opportunity, I'd put a bullet in its head.

Just saying. And it's also like, no, not going to be dealing with observant jews anymore. If you're an Elohim worshipper, you're not my buddy. In my opinion. You're my enemy.

Talk to you guys later.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising – Shadowstats’ John Williams – 09-18-2023

Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising - Shadowstats' John Williams - 09-18-2023

Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising - Shadowstats' John Williams - 09-18-2023

Episode Summary:

In August, the headline CPI was reported at 3.7% year over year, but estimates suggest it could be as high as eleven and a half percent. Had changes not been made between 1980 and the early 2000s, the CPI would be around eleven and a half percent. John Williams, the publisher of Shadowstats.com, suggests that the actual inflation rate might be much higher than reported. The primary driver of inflation has been the heavy money creation by the Federal Reserve. The variability seen over the past year is largely tied to oil and gasoline prices. The administration's decision to open the Strategic Petroleum Reserve influenced gasoline prices. The CPI's recent upturn was due to rising gasoline prices, which are expected to rise further. The Federal Reserve's perspective on inflation is that an overheating economy drives it. However, the economy was already in recession when the pandemic hit. The current economic indicators suggest a deepening recession.

#August #CPI #Inflation #Shadowstats #JohnWilliams #FederalReserve #MoneyCreation #OilPrices #GasolinePrices #Economy #Recession #Pandemic #StrategicPetroleumReserve #EconomicGrowth #HeadlineCPI #CoreCPI #BLSReport #MoneySupply #Unemployment #GDP #PetroleumReserve #BankingSystem #LaborMarket #Employment #UnemploymentRate #DiscouragedWorkers #EconomicStatistics #FederalReserve #EconomicIndicators #HeadlineGraphs #EconomicCollapse #EconomicDeterioration #EconomicAssessment #EconomicOutlook #EconomicPatterns

Key Takeaways
  • The headline CPI for August was 3.7%, but estimates suggest it could be much higher.
  • John Williams of Shadowstats.com believes the actual inflation rate might be higher than reported.
  • The main driver of inflation is the heavy money creation by the Federal Reserve.
  • The variability in inflation over the past year is largely tied to oil and gasoline prices.
  • The economy was already in recession during the pandemic and is showing signs of a deepening downturn.
Predictions
  • Gasoline prices are expected to rise further in the coming months.
  • The economy is showing signs of a deepening recession.
  • The unemployment rate, based on broader measures, indicates a weakening economy.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Inflation Could Really Be Double Digits And Will Keep Rising - Shadowstats' John Williams - 09-18-2023

Looking at the month of August. This morning we had a headline CPI that came out at 3.7% year over year, my estimates up at about eleven and a half percent. And had those changes been made, not been made between 1980 and the early 2000s, they'd be 40 with CPI of around eleven and a half percent right now. CPI numbers came out today on Wednesday, and it looks like headline CPI ticked up yet again to now 3.7%. Core CPI has continued to fall now down to 4.3%.

We're talking now with John Williams. He is a publisher of Shadowstats.com, and we'll be talking about his measurement of what inflation could actually be. It may actually be much higher than it is today, his outlook on inflation, what's been driving inflation, and his outlook on economic growth. John, an honor to host you. Big fan of your work.

Thank you for joining us today. Thank you for having me. First, talk about what happened last month. With inflation ticking up slightly to 3.7%, what's your initial reaction to today's BLS report and the numbers that they released? What do you think drove inflation?

Well, underlying the inflation has been very heavy money creation by the Federal Reserve that's underlying it. But the variability that we've seen over the last year or so has been largely tied to oil prices and gasoline prices rising and falling. Specifically, if you look back at the pre election environment, a year ago, inflation, inflation was rising and the administration opened up the Strategic Petroleum Reserve and liquidated part of that to create a better supply of gasoline, which helped to bring gasoline prices down. And they also exported some of that which helped to boost the net exports and get the GDP up. While coming into the election, they drained about half the reserve and that pretty much continued into January of this year.

But now, from what I can see, it is not being drained. And you're beginning to see some reversal of those numbers as the markets responded. The big factor today in the upturn in the CPI was rising gasoline prices. And you've got much higher gasoline prices ahead. The gasoline prices came down before the election that gave you lower inflation coming into the election.

But gasoline prices are on the rise again, you can see them. Just to follow up on what you just said, why do you think there will be higher gasoline prices ahead, bringing the system back into balance in terms of supply and demand? Again, what the administration did was they took artificial means to flood the system with gasoline. That's pretty well worked out. Now we're going back to the older supply circumstance which will push the gasoline, it'll narrow the supply of it's narrowing the supply of gasoline and pushing gasoline prices higher.

Do you have an estimate or an idea of what the equilibrium price of oil should be?

What I'm looking at in the pricing here is generally how it gets translated into the US. Gasoline prices, I think you'll be another 10% higher the next two to three months. Okay, so going back to your inflation outlook, I didn't mean to interrupt you. So your outlook on inflation that I'm guessing is also going to be higher because of your outlook on gasoline. Well, in terms of the headline CPI.

But if you look at the way the Federal Reserve looks at the numbers, if you listen to the Fed Chairman, when he's outlining where things stood, he said that we had an overheating economy that was driving inflation and he was raising interest rates in order to kill the overheating economy and to kill the inflation. This is early on in the Fed's cycle here. Now, you had an economy at that point which was already tanking or had tank. The pandemic had hit, economy was in recession. We're heading back into recession even with the official numbers.

So that to say that the economy is overheating and they were raising rates to cool off the economy and that would help bring down inflation, that certainly helped to cool off the economy because the economy has continued to weaken since then. We're in a deepening recession. You're not seeing growth in any of the major economic indicators except the GDP, and even that's beginning to falter. We are going to talk about your recession outlook and your economic assessment, but I want to draw the viewers attention to your work on shadow stats. You provide what the site describes as alternative data or alternative charts, and in particular, you followed inflation for quite some time using a metric that they used to use and they no longer use.

So can you please just describe, first of all, your methodology for making this calculation and second, what your findings are for what inflation should be? Should we use these metrics? Sure.

What happened? And I'll contend that the headline CPI is about as good a measure you can put together of inflation as you had it up until the early 1980s. What happened in 1980 is all of a sudden you had a surge in consumer inflation, much as we had a year or two ago. Here where the Congress had set up a cost of living adjustment for Social Security recipients. They realized all of a sudden they were going to have a big dent in their budget for the next year because the amount of adjustments made to bring the Social Security recipients up to speed with inflation was going to be quite meaningful.

And what they did, instead of doing anything per se to reduce inflation fundamentally, they worked to redefine the series. And they so instructed the Bureau of Labor Statistics Catherine Abrams, who's then the head of the BLS, had in her memoirs that said, gee, if only you could find a way of using this way to approach and calculate these numbers, we might be able to find more money for the BLS. It was clearly aimed at changing the methodology, reducing the numbers, and effectively not being fair to the people who would go in on Social Security with the belief that their cost would be covered in the future. For rising inflation, the first thing the government did in its readjustment, one of the biggest single components was in housing. And it used to be that you'd have a measure of the cost of owning a house, but they redefined that as homeowners equivalent rent, where the government determined what the average homeowner would pay himself to rent himself his own house, and then they would estimate how much he'd be increasing the rent on himself going forward.

And then that was their inflation measure. And right up front, that knocked one and a half percentage point off the headline CPI. And the government's been very open about that. Every time they make a change, they explain what's happening, they estimate its impact. And all I've done is, I've taken the standpoint that the government should have left its methodology in place and done other things to balance things.

The people who came into the system and what they came into the system with is what I estimate. That's where the inflation measure is today, as I'm measuring it. Had they not made all these changes, and they've made a number of changes from 1982 into the early two thousand s the first decade of the 2000s, aggregate differential is up around eight percentage points at this point. So that it's.

I restate it as though they had not made those interim redefinitions because it's not on a consistent basis in reporting. I'm trying to report it as consistently as I can with the way it would have been. So that right now, looking at the month of August this morning, we had a headline CPI that came out at 3.7% year over year, my estimates up at about eleven and a half percent. And had those changes been made, not been made between 1980 and the early 2000s, they'd be reporting with CPI up around eleven and a half percent right now. Even by your own measurements, the CPI has been coming down since its peak from last year.

John, is that primarily again because of the falling oil price? Yes, a lot of it's due to the falling oil price.

In fact, the oil prices probably have been the single biggest component there in terms of the volatility. But in terms of the high level that you're living with here, that's primarily due to the money supply. The variabilities with the oil price, the general magnitude is due to the money supply. Now, do you think that the money supply will at some point revert back to positive growth? The M two money supply has been contracting on a year over year basis, as you know, over the last year and a half.

Is there some point in which that could reverse in the next maybe twelve to 24 months. You think it's possible? The Fed can do a lot here. If they want to bring the inflation under control, they need to bring the money supply under control. What you're seeing with the broad money supply right now, the M Two is down about 4% year over.

Excuse me. Yeah. The broad money supply is down about 4%, I believe, year over year. So it actually has shrunk some. But the narrow measure is up about 4% year over year.

And it's not just the year to year change there, but what happened in that first year. When you're looking at the tremendous liquidity that was pumped into the system at the end of that first year after the pandemic hit, the most narrow measure was up something like 120% from where it was before. Year over year, the broad money supply, M Three, was up something like 43%, 44%. Year over year. That's unheard of.

But since then, as you go from year over year against the big disruption the year before to the next year, where all of a sudden your year ago was also at an elevated level, all of a sudden the year to year change comes back in line. So what we had is effectively a balloon of money growth in that first year following the pandemic. And all that cash that was surged into the system to prevent systemic collapse is still there. Do you think that the Federal Reserve may have overtightened monetary policy and contracted the money supply too much? No.

Let me put it this way.

They need to get the system back into balance.

It's very difficult to do this in a painless manner.

I don't see an easy way out of it for it. If they want to have a stable economy and a healthy banking system, it's difficult at present. The economy right now is contracting. If you look at things ingestion inflation, look at things such as retail sales, industrial production, the construction area, even the unemployment numbers turned negative last month. You had a jump in the unemployment rate.

That's showing a troubled economy. It's not booming the GDP year over year, it was heavily gimmicked by this oil deal. If you took the oil out, you'd had two negative quarters of GDP back in 2022. The last half of 2022 would have been negative except for the oil gimmicks. And we're now at the brink of probably turning negative again with the headline GDP, unless they start playing games again with the oil, which I don't think they can afford to do, given the depleted level of the petroleum reserve.

So it's not a stable circumstance. You don't have a booming economy. You never have. And it wasn't overheating. The Fed talked of raising the rates to kill inflation, but it needed to provide liquidity to the banking system and profitability to the banking system.

The banking system is fragile so that the higher rates, they have better margins. And with the money supply. They have liquidity which they need, but the money supply has not been meaningfully altered to try and contain the inflation. They didn't worry about the inflation initially. They knew it was going to be a side effect, but they were more worried about a systemic collapse and they prevented a systemic collapse.

And my hats off to them on that. Now, John, I like to play a clip of President Biden making a speech about the labor market. I've showed this to a few economists and I've gotten various responses. I like to get your response to this 1 minute clip, so I'm just going to play it for you. Please take a listen.

Sure. My predecessor was one of only two presidents in history who entered his presidency and left with fewer jobs than when he entered. Look, look at where I are now. Just this morning, we learned that the economy created 190,000 jobs last month. All told, we've added 13.5 million jobs since I took office, around 800,000 of them manufacturing jobs.

We created more jobs in two years than any president ever created in a four year single four year term we did in two years. What's more, when I took office, the unemployment rate was 6.3%. The nonpartisan Congressional Budget Office predicted that it would not get below 4% until the end of 2025. Now, unemployment and unemployment rate has been below 14% for the last 19 months, the longest stretch in over 50 years. We recovered all the jobs lost during the Pandemic.

We've added a million more new jobs. More than 700,000 people joined the labor force last month, which means the highest share of working age Americans are in the workforce now than at any time in the past 20 years. Absolutely not. That's nonsense.

First of all, he has people working with them who play with the numbers. But when he came into office, you were sort of at a nader and you had the collapse of the Pandemic in terms of the employment. So coming off what is the worst employment collapse in modern time? And having one of the greatest jobs gains and boost is not surprising. It's all relative.

The unemployment rate is not too meaningful, and let me explain why. Because I started off with the CPI, because I wanted people to have an honest report on what was happening to inflation. But the government has changed the way it does things with other numbers, including employment, unemployment, and the GDP. So I look at the way those numbers have been changed, and one thing that you'll find with the unemployment is the way that it's defined.

The headline unemployment rate is simply the count of the people who are out of work, want a job. And if you're out of work but you're not actively looking for work, you're not counted as unemployed. So that's the headline unemployment rate. And that got real low under President Trump, and it got real low here but now you're seeing that rise. There are broader measures, and I look at the broader measures as being more meaningful because people get discouraged.

There's no work to be had, and so they stop looking. They're called discouraged workers. If you haven't looked for work in the last, I think, six weeks, you're not generally not counted as unemployed. But if you weren't looking because you didn't think there were any jobs to be found, they'd count you as a discouraged worker, but they only count you as a discouraged worker for a year. After that, you're no longer counted.

If you look at some of the amazing jumps in the numbers here, what you'll find is that with the extraordinary gyrations that the employment numbers and really all the economic numbers have gone through with the Pandemic, you have some unusual things. And the first anniversary where people would be discouraged from working, or candidates discouraged workers because of the Pandemic, no job to be had, afraid to go back to work.

All of a sudden you have a sharp drop in the broader unemployment rate because they're just defined out of existence the way the unemployment rate is estimated with the payroll numbers.

That's an estimate based on what companies are actually doing in the way of payrolls. And those numbers, after a year or so, when they have hard numbers in hand, are probably the most accurate employment indication out there. But in between, you get all sorts of variations in Gyrations with the surveying and other games that are played. But the reason that the unemployment rate is as low as it is is that you have a lot of people who consider themselves to be unemployed but are not counted as unemployed because of the definitions and timing. And part of that is due to distortions that came out of the Pandemic.

The numbers that you're seeing with any of the economic statistics here have been knocked all around with the effects of the Pandemic. You wrote in a commentary earlier in the month that you think that the Federal Reserve wanted to trigger a recession, and it looks like it has succeeded. You said, starting here with the headline graphs on unemployment. Although the upside movement in the unemployment rate is minimal, the longer term plot shows it has started to take on the shape of something that was last seen with the Pandemic collapse in 2020. I think the general question would be whether or not, based on your calculations, the unemployment rate already indicates we are already in a recession.

Yes, it does.

The broader unemployment rates have been rising with me, but you'll see that in the last couple of months that the actual level of the unemployment rate has gone higher. Now, mine is a broader measure than the other ones because I include basically long term discouraged workers. That's a much higher number than the government has. But the government in the headline numbers, you get counted as unemployed only in the headline number, only if you're actively looking for work, then if you're you want a job, you're actively looking for work. If you've been looking for a job and got to work and there are just no jobs to be had at the moment, you're not looking, they don't count you.

And there are different degrees at which they measured going to their broadest measure, which is a U six, which after three months of discouragement, maybe six months of discouragement, they just don't count you anymore. So what I'm looking at those numbers and the patterns there, and the broader measures which the broader measure that I have, my broader numbers are getting as bad as they've ever been. And you look at the patterns of deterioration, the broader measures are getting worse. The headline numbers are getting worse. And that is to me an indication that the economy is weakening, not getting better.

I think the average consumer or a person watching this is wondering to himself or herself whether their standard of living is going to change in either way going forward into the next twelve to 14 months or 24 months. Given your outlook on inflation, given your outlook on economic growth or deterioration, what do you think?

I'm looking at a deteriorating economic circumstance, which will probably mean some deterioration in the quality of life and people's incomes depending on their employment circumstance.

The Fed has moved to kill the economy as much as it can by raising interest rates and it's having its effect. But the economy was already sinking. It was not exploding. It was not booming as the Fed was advertising. They were using that as an excuse for the inflation and why they needed to raise rates.

The reason they raised rates was to give the banks a better business environment. And the reason they flooded the system with liquidity was indeed to keep the system afloat, to keep the, the banking system afloat, to keep the banks set with liquidity. But it is that inflation, it's a money supply. Extraordinary growth. There big, big bulge now.

Yes, it's not changed much year over year since last year, but last year it was up 120% in the most liquid area. And that bulge is still there. And that's what's driving the inflation. We had an upturn in the inflation today.

That's due to two factors. One, again, just an underlying inflationary environment. But secondly, you had the variability of the gasoline prices, and that's going to go up and down, but the gasoline prices were catching up closer to reality. Do you anticipate the unemployment trend that you've just talked about to continue, which is to say unemployment will continue going up? I'm looking for the economy to continue to slow.

Know, either the federal government or the Fed gets more clever than they have been, but they're both right now doing everything they can to not necessarily deliberately to effectively stimulate inflation. The Fed, with its money supply growth, and we'll see if they cut back on that. They've leveled off. But again, you still have the bulger. The federal government just eliminated the debt.

So you're going to get an increasing flow of federal government spending on top of what the Fed's been doing here. And with the net result that you're probably going to see higher inflation, but the wages are not going to keep up with the higher inflation. So it's going to be a weakening economy for the average person. A final point I want to bring to your attention is a great wealth transfer that is to be expected over the coming decade. Currently, the baby boomers, people born between 1946 to 1964 hold the majority of wealth in America.

And as time passes, they're expected to transfer this wealth to the younger generations, the Generation X's millennials, and the youngest generation, Generation Z's. What does this wealth transfer mean for, first of all, asset prices, and second, just the economy overall?

Well, I would expect the impact to be very slow. Whatever impact it's going to be, you're already in the process of people just don't you don't lose five years of people overnight. It's a very slow process.

It I would not see that as destabilizing, probably stabilizing because it'll be, you know, the wealth to the extent the wealth gets transferred to the next generation, the next generation will have new uses for it that will presumably be put forward in a positive manner.

I don't see any real negative implications. I would say it's generally positive. It's a normal cycle. How much you end up putting people on Social Security or such, that may be another issue because that's going to be increasingly expensive. No limits on it.

Now, my problem is I think you're going to see a very uncontrolled circumstance with the government, with the Federal Reserve in the next year or two. When I say uncontrolled, rapidly spending money that the government can't pay off. The Fed has already created a tremendous amount of money that it's very difficult for it to pull out of the system. Both those areas are debasing to the US. Dollar, meaning higher inflation.

And I think we've got real risk of the inflation problem getting out of control here in the next year or two. Yes, that's what I was wondering, whether or not, again, going back to the wealth transfer, whether or not it has any long term implications for inflation, which is to say, have you noticed any differences in spending patterns between the older or younger generations? Well, the younger generations will tend to spend it on more near term needs, but the younger generation ages as well. I don't think there's going to be enough shift in the demographics in the next, let's say five years versus the last five years. It would make a marked difference in the other areas that are right now gyrating out of control.

But yes, that's an ongoing process and it helps the younger generations, helps their liquidity. Final question. You said that the inflation rate has the potential to go out of control.

Nobody knows for sure, but do you have an estimate as to what would be a reasonable level of inflation in the future, given your calculations? Well, today we had something that's historically it's, you know, we're still at levels that are high historically. In fact, we got up to levels last seen back in the beyond.

I don't think we're going to get back to 1% inflation again for a long time. I think where you are now is probably going to be the near term bottom. And with the way the Fed is still pumping up the system, it doesn't have an easy way of getting that cash out of the system. That cash is all sort of underpinning things as they are.

I think you're going to see the Fed will continue to not withdraw the money supply. Probably it's going to have to put some more in. As the economy continues to weaken, they get their desired recession and then they supposedly want to get out of it. That's all complicated on the federal government side where you now have unlimited government spending which has to be funded.

I think in order to contain the inflation, the Fed really needs to cut back its money supply growth severely. If you get back to where you were before then that's got to be done over five years or something. You may have a circumstance that will stabilize, but where it is now as that gets worked through, I think you're going to see the or as they attempt to work through it, I think you're going to see increasingly higher inflation, headline inflation.

It's higher now than they're reporting. So I'm guessing then you don't think the Federal Reserve will cut rates anytime soon, given that inflation will not come down anytime soon. Well, they could cut rates if they wanted to stimulate economic activity, which doesn't necessarily mean inflation, but they seem to be playing it that way.

What the Fed has done here primarily has been to keep the banking system afloat. They're owned by the banking system.

The banks need to be able to lend money. They need to be liquid, they need to be able to make money in lending money. And the things that the Fed's targeting here is aimed at keeping banking system solvent and in place. If they lose the banking system, you're going to end up with a new economy, new banking system. Such well if you don't expect the inflation rate to return to 2% in the future, in the foreseeable future, can we then expect the Fed funds rate to stay elevated at around 5%?

Is that the new norm? Of course that has implications for our credit card rates, mortgage rates, all other interest rates. Well, I think the Fed concluded that it had interest rates too low and I think they want to have a shift higher in basic interest rates. I don't think they're not going to go back down to where they were, but I think they may well go higher as they try to contain things here. It's not stable.

They don't have things in balance. The pandemic is extraordinary. The extraordinary magnitude had extraordinary effects, extraordinary reaction by the Fed. The Fed doesn't have a way of unwinding it. They're trying to they want to keep everything as stable as possible.

But number one, keeping the banking system stable because that's their primary baby. That's what they're there for. If they lose the banking system, you have all sorts of economic chaos. So it's they're they're gonna I don't think they're gonna let the money supply get back as low as it was. They'd like to see the interest rates permanently higher than they've been historically.

They've been extraordinarily. So it'll whether they can get it there or not while keeping the system together is another matter.

Thank you very much for a very thorough interview. John, where can we learn more about your work in ShadowStats? There actually is a website, Shadowstats.com. It's been around for 20 plus years, and it was on a web host that back in August went out of business with little notice and had to move it moved the site, but everything was sort of antique in its writing and such. Right now I've got a site either go to WW Shadowstats.com, it's got all the archives in it.

You can see what I've written in the past, but it's very difficult to interact with. So I'm setting up a new site. It's got to be rewritten, but everything that I've written, what I put on the way of commentary, graphs, I publish alternate data, numbers on inflation, unemployment and such. The subscribers are all getting that by email link. So if anyone's interested, just drop me a line at Johnwilliams @ shadowstats.com.

I'll send you the details. I'll send you a sample of what I put out. And I offer two subscriptions at varying lengths. One year at $175.06, months at $89. Excellent.

Well, we'll put the links down in the description below, so make sure to follow John and Shadow stats. Thank you very much again, John, I appreciate your time. Dave, thank you very much and thank you for watching. Don't forget to like and subscribe to this channel.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Secrecy Narradigm – 08-12-2022

Secrecy Narradigm - 08-12-2022

Secrecy Narradigm - 08-12-2022

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the current state of affairs, emphasizing the influence and control of entities like the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the hidden power structures above visible figures like Bill Gates and George Soros. The author speculates about the existence of extraterrestrial beings and anticipates significant revelations about Antarctica and UFOs in the coming months. The secrecy surrounding UFOs since the 1947 Roswell Crash is highlighted, suggesting that much of the classified information is to cover up embarrassments rather than genuine secrets. The document also touches upon the financial system, emphasizing the unsustainability of the Federal Reserve's practices and the impending collapse of the dollar. The author believes that the breakdown of the secrecy apparatus will free up a significant portion of the federal budget, leading to chaos. The state of the American Empire is likened to the decline of the Soviet Union, suggesting that the U.S. is on the brink of significant change.

#WorldEconomicForum #PowerStructures #BillGates #GeorgeSoros #Extraterrestrial #Antarctica #UFOs #RoswellCrash #Secrecy #FederalReserve #DollarCollapse #AmericanEmpire #SovietUnion #FinancialSystem #SecrecyBreakdown #Revelations #ClassifiedInformation #CoverUps #EconomicChaos #Subcontractors #Normies #Awakening #DigitalDollars #CurrencySystem #PonziScheme #Healthcare #Budget #Military #Derivatives #EconomicForum #GlobalLeaders #CentralBanks #Warfare #TemporalMarkers #Governance


Key Takeaways:
  • The World Economic Forum holds significant influence over global affairs.
  • There's a hidden power structure above visible figures like Bill Gates and George Soros.
  • Speculations about extraterrestrial beings and significant revelations about Antarctica and UFOs are anticipated.
  • The secrecy surrounding UFOs since the 1947 Roswell Crash is more about covering embarrassments than genuine secrets.
  • The Federal Reserve's unsustainability practices are leading to the impending collapse of the dollar.
  • The breakdown of the secrecy apparatus could lead to significant chaos.
  • The current state of the American Empire is likened to the decline of the Soviet Union.


Predictions from the PDF:
  • Significant revelations about Antarctica and UFOs in the coming months.
  • The impending collapse of the dollar due to the Federal Reserve's practices.
  • The breakdown of the secrecy apparatus will lead to chaos.
  • The U.S. is on the brink of significant change, similar to the decline of the Soviet Union.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Secrecy Narradigm - 08-12-2022

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Today is July. We're in the vehicle again, heading inland, and we're going to discuss the terrible state of things at the moment.

So, once again, a quick little bit of housekeeping here. I am on Telegram as Scifi World Channel. I'm on truth social as at Sign Cliff. H-I-G-H all one word. And I'm on BitChute, where I dropped the videos as Cliff under Bar High.

And that's it. I don't screw around anything else.

Anyway, all kinds of stuff happening here. Got to be attention to traffic only happens out here in the summer. We've got a lot of tourists and we've got some we don't have the usual crowd, as may be expected, given the upsetted nature of reality of our current reality.

Okay, so there we go.

That will probably be best. Anyway, so the World Economic Forum, they sit not at the absolute top because the absolute top of the pyramid of power is hidden from us. We don't know who these people are. We never get to see the individuals at the top that we don't know their names, that actually make the decisions. People like Bill Gates, George Soros, Claus Schwab, anybody that is out there as a base is not at the absolute top.

Now, bill Gates. Claus schwab. George soros they're way the hell up there. They're way up to the power pyramid. But even they have people that are on top of them.

And I personally am of the opinion that ultimately we'd probably go up to some kind of space alien somewhere. Well, it actually, I think, is probably out in Antarctica. And we should have a according to my data sets, we should have a big bloom of data coming out about Antarctica relatively shortly, maybe only a couple of months away. So maybe end of October 1, part of November, we'll get more information about Antarctica. And it may be that we have the temporal marker for the secrets revealed, part of the UFOs.

And so we might have more UFO activity here in August, more likely late August than early August, and it may shade over into September, which ought to be fun. We're getting at the denial, the revealing, the expose of all of the stuff that we've been spending so much money to try and keep secret. So if we look at it here, in 1947 we had when the UFO plate really started taking off and we started having more and more solid UFO interactions with the civilian populace. At that point, we had a security and a secrecy apparatus that was mainly composed of the OSS, the Office of Strategic Services.

Of course, we've always had spies and that kind of thing. But here in 1947, there was the Roswell Crash. There was the sighting of the seven playing saucers near Mount Rainier. And that's where we get the term saucers. Anyway, we had those sightings and other interactions.

We started having the initial flurry of contactee information. Now, all of that contactee information is probably bogus. Okay? No, Billy Meyer never contacted anybody. And Billy Meyer is full of ship, and he faked all of his own photos even though he has one arm.

It's like a big fucking deal. He's got one army still rigging fake a photo. Anyway, though, the contacting information, I don't think was really the prompt for this. I think for the military to develop the secrecy regime and the secrecy apparatus that we have now that has grown to the point that we have it now. I think that wasn't the impetus for that was in fact the interaction between the military and the UFOs in ways that had not occurred prior to that.

So we shut them down with radar. It wasn't a crash. Well, it was a crash, but they didn't do it for accident. It was they were shot down anyway.

Solar secrecy apparatus grew up trying to keep the real information about the UFO stuff away from the general population, also away from our enemies. There's all different kinds of reasons for the secrecy. Almost all the reasons are ultimately bogus anyway, but it doesn't matter. There are indeed rationale that on their face would appear to be supportive of this giant secrecy apparatus. But when we started out, 1947, out of the federal budget maybe, and the federal budget was small absent the war effort, we just took the war effort out and eliminate that, just like and just dealt with civilian kind of stuff.

Maybe 1% of our annual budget was devoted towards secrecy, towards maintaining secrecy, supporting secrecy, supporting classified documents, all of this sort of thing. At a civilian level, maybe 1%, there might have been as much as two or 3% of the war effort was devoted to the secrecy part of keeping our secrets. Not very big budget, really. Now, there are estimates that are just absolutely staggering. So we don't know the black budget.

We don't know how much the Federal Reserve Bank, which is the part of the federal government, has no reserves. It is not a bank. It's just a Ponzi scheme that's run by the Rothschilds and the Rockefellers, ultimately run by the World Economic Forum anyway. So we don't know how much they produce. We don't know how much digital dollars they produce because they're not really printing any new dollars.

But we know it's just shit, tons of dollars that are unsupported by anything. And they're all going most of them are actually going to the secrecy business. So our secrecy apparatus right now is thought to have about 16%, 16% nearly as equal to 16% of the federal budget goes in some way to support secrecy. And this is secrecy for classified documents that don't have to be classified. So let's stop for a second and acknowledge that much of the material that is classified is classified.

Not because there's a real secret there that has national security or anything implications or anything like that. The reason that the material is classified is because there is something in there that is embarrassing to some individual, and they want to COVID their ass, so they arrange to have these things classified, and thus their crimes go unreported, basically. So we've got 16% of our federal budget in all different aspects of it, paying for some part of the secrecy industry, and that is near the 18% that we put into on health care. Now, health care in this country is really the World Economic Forum taking over the big pharma and all of this kind of stuff and trying to kill as many humans as possible. And so our health care is to kill people off and make money doing them.

It's not actually to care for their health. These guys are name stealers, the whole official don't. And so we don't have a health department or any of that. We have a regulation department for pharma products, basically. In any event, though, we've got 18%, and it's scaling up rapidly.

18% of our national budget involved in the, quote, healthcare. That and the secrecy part here. We're looking at 33% of our national budget, and that sector is nonproductive. So we don't gain anything. The nation does not gain anything.

We don't invent anything. We don't make more money off of it. We're not more secure or any of this for the secrecy money. So our 16% of our national budget that goes to the secrecy industry is not really doing anything for us, okay? It's doing something for the secrecy industry itself.

So in that sense, we're being used just like our military is used to attack other countries, but our military is being used to attack other countries on behalf of the World Economic Forum. They're the ones that tell Obama that, oh, you've got to go attack Syria, or they tell Clinton, you've got to start a war in Bosnia. So this is the way it goes. We don't control this stuff. The World Economic Forum decides where our military is going to be used.

So they don't own anything. The criminalistic cabal, they just use all of our stuff. So they're using our 18% of our health care budget to kill us off. The normies will never understand this, and they're using the 16% of our secrecy money of our national budget for secrecy to hide their crimes from us.

Anyway, we're coming to the end of that. We've reached the point where the money is collapsing. The Federal Reserve note is defunct. It has no value. They printed so much or they produced so many digital dollars that the reckoning of them will never happen.

We'll never, ever, ever find out how many they actually printed or how many they created, nor will we find out how they use most of them. The derivatives are starting to come unraveled, and we're in the end days of the Federal Reserve Note. And this, of course, is when you have a weak currency, you have a weak government. That's why we got Biden, who's not only destroying America, he's taking a shit in the hallway and making the dogs look bad. So it fits.

You got bad money, you're going to get bad government, you can get bad everything, bad institutions and all of this. And so we were weakened to buy bad money to the point where we could be infiltrated. Our social order was not sound and here we are. But now it's all changing. And so now we'll put it all back together and actually this playbook, this pattern has happened repeatedly and we're just going to repeat what other countries have done when they kicked the Kazarean mafia out.

Now we're in a situation where the Kazarian mafia, through the Federal Reserve Bank and through the American military, has basically taken over all of the planet and they've conquered it all. So there's a central bank in all countries now and this is a very evil thing. Central banks are not good now. They're all coordinated and they're all falling to ship all at the same time. So the whole central bank global structure is coming down.

And so that's why we have this fourth generation warfare ongoing and that's why it's escalating, is that we're taking out the central bank power structure and we'll break down all of the existing political
power structure around the planet. We'll get rid of the World Economic Forum and all of their ilk. Bill Gates and all these people will go to jail. Maybe some of them will just commit suicide rather than go to jail, we don't know. They'll take the easy way out.

There's a lot of them that have no guts.

And this is the progress, this is the pattern of the next 20 years, right? We'll be fighting this war against these people for at least the next 20 years, although we're going to get into the big going viral part, the big awareness part. A big pop of awareness is going to happen in a relatively short period of time and you're going to have normies running around saying basically, what the fuck, what the fuck? Screaming their heads off. They won't know what's going on.

They're just not going to be able to reconcile their old narrative paradigm that was created by the World Economic Forum and all of their ilk, this criminal cabal. So the narrative has affected the normies and they're just going to shit bricks and cause lots of problems. So during that period of time, it's best to not involve yourself so much in the normal social order as it's going through the wonkiness or go and help your normy friends if they're open to it at that time by explaining to them, all right, guy, you've been tricked. You haven't understood what's going on. But now we're going to educate you.

Now we're going to tell you what's actually happening and how it occurred and you can get a handle on this, it's going to be quite gruesome. Okay. It's going to be very brutal, very tough on everybody.

It's going to last quite a while, the giant awakening of the norms. And so we're going to get a tranche of normies. Maybe like 20% of the normi population is going to wake up in sort of a rush as a result of events over these next few months. And that'll bring us to a big jump in our majority of awake kind of people. And that big jump in the majority of awake kind of people will propel us through to the next stage over August.

We're going to have increasing economic and financial chaos. So the economic chaos will arise because of the financial chaos, because of the breakdown in the relationships that used to be derived from value, from value transfer, but now are simply the float or the flow of valueless digital currency through everybody's hands, that breakdown is going to occur. And so, like, maybe in August, we see large disruptions in the defense subcontracting industry, and that would be in the form of late payments from the government and missed payments and payments that are inadequate in the sense that you only got $100 for every thousand you build something like that. Or maybe your project gets 100% defunded, or maybe it just goes in limbo and you just don't get any response from government at all, and you go through yet another month of no activity from a government agency. So let's divert for a second here and say that that's occurring right now.

I've got a number of interactions that I usually have through business with local state government, and some of these things are now three, four, and five months beyond the period of time it would usually take to have that bit of paperwork reconciled, finished and back to me. So one of these little things is five months out, and I don't get any level of satisfaction out of the government agency other than they're working on it and they have staffing issues. Well, okay. So that's going to affect all of us. We're going to have that creep out to the point where it affects the subcontractors military, subcontractors defense Department subcontractors at a very serious and systemic way.

And that will be the prompt, the impetus for some of these subcontracting employees to go walk about with the secrets that they have because they're not getting paid. They can only go a couple of months where the company might be able to go maybe a year without getting paid.

Something to understand too, is that a lot of these Defense Department contractors themselves just do contracts. They have employees for their own company, but they don't really have employees for your particular project as a government agency. What they do is they get the employees, they find the scientists to shove into the hole in the ground with your space alien artifact. But they don't employ that scientist. That scientist is a selfemployed subcontractor to them and they're the contractor to you.

So payment issues, it's not like with regular employees where these corporations will automatically pay the freight. They're going to not pay subcontractors if that contract is not paid. So it'll happen fairly rapidly once the breakdown occurs at the ability of the government to issue the checks to the contractors. And then there's the secondary thing which is that they'll be issuing checks that essentially won't cover any of the freight. They won't handle the actual costs that these people are incurring right now.

So we've got state government that's affected here. State governments don't have the ability to just simply create more digital dollars to meet the demand that they've got at the moment. And so state governments are really suffering as a result of the dollar death and we see that around here with our local state government which I admit is captured by the communists in George Soros. We got a George Soros prosecutor who would not prosecute, promoted all the way up into governorship, paid for by Soros in his entire career. It's paid for all of his political campaigns and stuff.

And so our governor, he's a member of the World Economic Forum, global leaders. So he's a criminal. We know this and we're captured. But our local state government here is starting to run into real problems especially down into the county level. So we've got sheriffs that are saying, well, we're going to have to prioritize what we go out and do because we don't have the money for gasoline, right?

These SUVs, they're not really hyper efficient on gasoline and we don't have the budget to fill the tanks the way we used to. With the cost of gasoline now triple what we used to pay or quadruple what we used to pay on our government contract. So it just is going that way. The money is breaking down. Federal contractors ability to use that money effectively is breaking down which is going to start freeing up all of these subcontractors because they won't get paid.

And that will be one of the first cracks in our secrecy armor. So it's going to be a real interesting summer. I'm looking forward to all of this. I'm trying to get all kinds of projects done while I may because there's going to be material fuel all different kinds of stuff that's going to be in short supply here, increasingly short supply as we go forward this year and we encounter more of the breakdown of the currency system, the financial system.

Anyway, I'm looking for some temporal markers for early August relative to derivatives and to some financial stuff. They're going to be slightly difficult to spot because they're lower level. It's not like they're a major item that will come to my attention easily. I have to go and look for it. But anyway, there we go.

I've got the first of my stops here. I'm going to shut this off and go and do my chores anyway.

The breakdown of the secrecy part of the country will will free up 16%. Could be extremely chaotic. There's a lot of people involved in the secrecy business. I suspect that we'll have maybe 1000 federal employees that will walk off the job or subcontractors and employees that just simply won't be paid anymore as we go forward in the latter half of this year. And that's going to be visible to the masses.

This was a similar breakdown in the much smaller both budget and secrecy business of the Soviet Union was like a giant temporal marker to the crack up of that Soviet Union. So I suspect that the American Empire, when we hit this secrecy breakdown, that'll be the sign that the American empire is basically is dying right at that point. Now, we know it's based on the Federal Reserve Note and the Ponzi scheme that's inherent in that all being debt based and not sound money and under the control of foreigners and so on. Bear in mind, americans don't own the Federal Reserve Bank. It's owned by foreign nationals, rothschild's, World Economic Forum guys, these sort of things.

So that's just our world at the moment. I'll be shutting off here in a minute. I'll get at this later on. In these difficult times, you may need help sleeping. Go and check out my Pure Sleep product.

Over at Pure bulk, it does not have melatonin. Okay? So we don't have melatonin in the product, and it does not give you the melatonin hangover the next day. You don't have any of these hormonal interactions. The approach I was able to discover allows you to get to sleep easily.

It's great. And it does not require a doesn't require melatonin in the process. And so you just don't have these hormone hits and you wake up because we've got also an ingredient in there that is now being touted as. This is GABA.

It's a precursor to growth hormone in a sense. It's also a stimulus to the body to produce as much of the human growth hormone as it will. It doesn't do it excessively or anything. It just wants you to make as much as you possibly can. And it's now being touted as being anticovic.

So it apparently seriously reduces the severity of the spike protein damage on the body. So who knew, right? But anyway, get pure sleep. If you got sleeping issues, there's going to be a lot of reasons to have sleeping issues as we go forward here. There's going to be a lot more chaos.

Now I'm sort of looking forward to the chaos because the sooner we get through all of this, the better, right.
The sooner we can address these issues as adults and not be hamstrung by the progressives twisting of language and infantileization of our society, the better be adults will take our pain. We'll start repairing stuff and start moving forward, which we can't do now because of the nature of the lionfuckers in charge. So this is a good time. It's all coming down.

It's all going to crash. It's a global fourth generation war. We probably will still be doing work on it 18 years from now. And that's where we're at, guys. It's kind of like, okay, get your head right.

It's going to be here the rest of this decade and into the next.

All right, so bye, humans. I will make another one of these. There's many more subjects to do it. I'll.

**3850 Character Summary:**

The document discusses the current state of affairs, emphasizing the influence and control of entities like the World Economic Forum (WEF) and the hidden power structures above visible figures like Bill Gates and George Soros. The author speculates about the existence of extraterrestrial beings and anticipates significant revelations about Antarctica and UFOs in the coming months. The secrecy surrounding UFOs since the 1947 Roswell Crash is highlighted, suggesting that much of the classified information is to cover up embarrassments rather than genuine secrets. The document also touches upon the financial system, emphasizing the unsustainability of the Federal Reserve's practices and the impending collapse of the dollar. The author believes that the breakdown of the secrecy apparatus will free up a significant portion of the federal budget, leading to chaos. The state of the American Empire is likened to the decline of the Soviet Union, suggesting that the U.S. is on the brink of significant change.

**875 Character Summary:**

The document delves into the influence of the World Economic Forum and hidden power structures. It speculates on extraterrestrial beings and upcoming revelations about UFOs and Antarctica. The secrecy since the 1947 Roswell Crash is highlighted, with much classified information believed to be cover-ups. The impending collapse of the dollar due to the Federal Reserve's practices is discussed. The breakdown of the secrecy apparatus could lead to chaos, and the U.S. is likened to the declining Soviet Union.

**95 Character Summary:**

WEF's influence, UFO secrets, and the impending dollar collapse are discussed.

**Space-separated 35 Hashtag Keywords:**

#WorldEconomicForum #PowerStructures #BillGates #GeorgeSoros #Extraterrestrial #Antarctica #UFOs #RoswellCrash #Secrecy #FederalReserve #DollarCollapse #AmericanEmpire #SovietUnion #FinancialSystem #SecrecyBreakdown #Revelations #ClassifiedInformation #CoverUps #EconomicChaos #Subcontractors #Normies #Awakening #DigitalDollars #CurrencySystem #PonziScheme #Healthcare #Budget #Military #Derivatives #EconomicForum #GlobalLeaders #CentralBanks #Warfare #TemporalMarkers #Governance

**Comma-separated 35 Keywords:**

World Economic Forum, Power Structures, Bill Gates, George Soros, Extraterrestrial, Antarctica, UFOs, Roswell Crash, Secrecy, Federal Reserve, Dollar Collapse, American Empire, Soviet Union, Financial System, Secrecy Breakdown, Revelations, Classified Information, Cover-Ups, Economic Chaos, Subcontractors, Normies, Awakening, Digital Dollars, Currency System, Ponzi Scheme, Healthcare, Budget, Military, Derivatives, Economic Forum, Global Leaders, Central Banks, Warfare, Temporal Markers, Governance

**Ten Blog Post Titles:**

1. "The Hidden Power Structures: Beyond Gates and Soros 🌍"
2. "Antarctica and UFOs: What's Coming in 2023? 🛸"
3. "From Roswell to Now: The Secrets We've Kept 🤫"
4. "The Imminent Collapse: Why the Dollar's Days are Numbered"
5. "The American Empire's Decline: A Repeat of the Soviet Union?"
6. "Breaking the Chains: The End of the World Economic Forum's Reign"
7. "Awakening the Normies: The Great Reveal of 2023 🌅"
8. "3 Key Factors Leading to the Secrecy Breakdown in the U.S."
9. "Digital Dollars and Ponzi Schemes: The Downfall of the Federal Reserve"
10. "The 4th Generation Warfare: A 20-Year Battle Ahead 🌐"

**Key Takeaways:**

- The World Economic Forum holds significant influence over global affairs.
- There's a hidden power structure above visible figures like Bill Gates and George Soros.
- Speculations about extraterrestrial beings and significant revelations about Antarctica and UFOs are anticipated.
- The secrecy surrounding UFOs since the 1947 Roswell Crash is more about covering embarrassments than genuine secrets.
- The Federal Reserve's unsustainability practices are leading to the impending collapse of the dollar.
- The breakdown of the secrecy apparatus could lead to significant chaos.
- The current state of the American Empire is likened to the decline of the Soviet Union.

**Predictions from the PDF:**

- Significant revelations about Antarctica and UFOs in the coming months.
- The impending collapse of the dollar due to the Federal Reserve's practices.
- The breakdown of the secrecy apparatus will lead to chaos.
- The U.S. is on the brink of significant change, similar to the decline of the Soviet Union.

https://chat.openai.com/share/17ff51a3-a65f-4def-a281-85b4f620b6e5


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Narradigm – CBDC – 11-25-2022

Narradigm - CBDC - 11-25-2022

Narradigm - CBDC - 11-25-2022

Episode Summary:

The document delves into the narrative of currency, highlighting its significance in shaping global events. The author criticizes the Federal Reserve Note, describing it as a debt instrument that has led to a Ponzi scheme-like situation. The narrative suggests that the Kazarian Mafia, a term used to describe a group of elites, has manipulated currencies for their benefit throughout history. The Byzantine Empire is cited as an exception that didn't fall for such currency manipulations. The current shift towards digital currencies, especially central bank digital currencies, is viewed skeptically. The author believes that people will prefer decentralized cryptocurrencies over centralized ones. The document also touches upon the pandemic, vaccines, and their implications. The author is critical of the vaccine industry and believes that the narrative surrounding viruses is misleading. The document concludes with the prediction that the Federal Reserve Bank might be voted out in the future, drawing parallels with historical events like the dissolution of the Second American Bank.

#Currency #FederalReserve #PonziScheme #KazarianMafia #DigitalCurrency #Cryptocurrency #Decentralized #Vaccine #Narrative #ByzantineEmpire #Pandemic #CentralBank #Gold #Silver #Bitcoin #Debt #Economy #FinancialSystem #Biosphere #Creativity #Labor #KazareanMafia #SpaceAliens #GlobalEvents #History

Narradigm - CBDC - 11-25-2022

Hello, humans. Hello humans. Let's see, is today the third or the today's the 4 August, I believe. And let's talk narrative investigations. Let's talk fuck digital currency.

Currency is one of the major players in the narrative, right? The Kazarian Mafia, the powers that be, the elite fuckers, the pretend Jews who are really Satanists, which is stupid too, because of the nature of the religion defining Satan. Anyway, though, Satan, by the way, Shaitan was another one of the yellow heme, and he was a lawyer, he was an Adjudicator, and so he adjudicated disputes between the yellow hem according to the yeah, I won't go into it. Anyway, there's historical references to that. But in any event, though, the narrative of the currency is a very interesting one because we've got some major narratives, right?

There is one which is religion, the other is currency. Then there's science. And as an aspect of that, we could also consider education. And then on top of that, there's our bodies, our sensory array narrative that's been put out, that affects our thinking in the abstract about life written large as well as death and the life death barrier. So, for instance, there's a narrative that you only live once, which is silly.

In any event, though, the narrative of currency is coming to the fore now because the debt based instrument called the Federal Reserve Note, which comes from the Federal Reserve Bank, which is not part of the federal government has. No reserves and is not a bank and was named that by the name Stealers so that we would not think of it as it truly is, which is we should have named it the Central Bank Ponzi scheme because that's what it is. It's a giant Ponzi scheme. And like all Ponzi schemes, we've reached the point where it's falling apart. Basically.

If you look at the debt and how it accrues on the Federal Reserve Note, the debt aspect of it is a Ponzi scheme. So the debt grows over time, reducing the value of the currency both as an individual like, dollar bill kind of thing, but also in the larger mass. And this Ponzi scheme is basically like any others where they take wealth from one group and distribute it to the others. But in any event, though, so the Federal Reserve Node is a debt instrument. When you get a dollar, you owe them back more than the dollar you got from them, but you don't have that more.

So you've got to get another dollar in order to get that more in order to pay them back. And you're continually in debt. Now, Kazarian Mafia, they're not particularly intelligent, but they're not stupid and they are clever. And they've worked this scam for thousands of years, the fake currency scam. We see it in all these countries that all the empires, all of this, and they all end up in the same situation.

There was one empire that never succumbed to this kind of currency shenanigans and that was the what we call the Byzantine Empire or the Holy Roman Empire or you know, eastern Orthodox church empire because it was the remnants of Rome but it also merged with Greece and it was a headquartered in Greece et cetera in Byzantium which we now call Constantinople.

Anyway though. So they didn't have the same kind of currency problems that we do today. That empire lasted one 10 years. So maybe there's a clue there, right? That long lived empires don't do paper money, debt schemes and we see the reverse of that is true.

That some of the great Chinese empires, that a guy inherits an empire, he's the new emperor. He gets into starting to rape the peasantry through fake money and prints paper money, and his empire collapses in about 52 years. Because that's about the lifespan of paper money before people get disgusted with it, don't want it anymore, and don't use it and go back to gold and silver. And that's where we are now because we're at the end of the petro dollar. So we've actually existed on a petro dollar.

It's mostly digital at this stage and they're trying to get us into the Kazarian mafia's wet dream which is a digital central bank currency. So it would be like a digital dollar which we already really have. So their digital central currency is central bank currency is facing an uphill battle in terms of trying to get acceptance and I don't believe they will. I personally think that we're at that point where the law of bad money will prevail and that is that if they give you a central bank digital currency you'll go and use it to buy Bitcoin, right? So you'll spend the fake money, the cheap money, the crap money that you don't want, that is no good.

You'll spend it as rapidly as you possibly can and everybody's goal will simply be to convert it to something of real value and you'll probably end up trying to buy gold, silver or Bitcoin. And you may end or cryptocurrencies in general, decentralized cryptocurrencies, not central bank digital currencies. Big damn difference. But anyway so you'll probably find that there's a problem that you can't get hold of the gold or silver and you can probably get some cryptocurrencies. But will people want the central bank currency?

Probably not. For I'm of the opinion that people won't accept the central bank currency. That will have had too much of a great awakening by that point where they actually introduce it and start trying to get it out into the populace and it simply won't be accepted and it's going to cause some real problems. They don't have a cover story, they don't have a giant war, their pandemic is crapped out on them. They're not going to be able to gain up a pandemic around monkey pox.

We're seeing it fail in New York and Los Angeles and San Francisco right now, it's difficult to get a pandemic level emotional response out of a sexually transmitted disease that's only affecting the vaccinated. So right now we have any number of epidemics among the vaccinated, right? So we have a pandemic among the vaccinated of Myocarditis and all these other heart and blood clot issues. And so it's going to be really, really, really difficult for them to gin something up for the powers that be to whip the populace up into a fear over the monkey pox, especially since it turns out that only people that are vaccinated are getting the monkey pox and that's because they put monkeypox in the vaccine. Vaccines are foul.

They're horrible. We should not use that. It's not a technology. It's killing people. It's killed people continuously.

It kills everybody slowly. Any vaccines at all, in my opinion, are bad. I'm of the opinion, actually, that having studied virology, that the virologists are operating on a confused paradigm. They're operating on a narrative, and that virology is not as it is. The whole virus thing is not as it is portrayed through the narrative.

And so I'm not a big fan of vaccines in any form, and I think that a lot of people are going to come to my conclusion that the vaccine industry is a giant fucking scam. Basically, it's a slow motion version of death camps, right? Everybody comes up, queues up, gets their shot and dies really slowly, benefiting the Kazarean mafia in all these various different aspects. But in any event, all these things are related to the no cover story for the Central Banksters in the degradation of their currency. I'm of the opinion that five years from now we won't have a Federal Reserve Bank.

We will have voted the fucker out. We will have revoked its charter and bust the thing up just like Andrew Jackson did with the Second American Bank. We're following that same approach to things. This time. Lots of people are going to wake up with the pandemic and the deaths and the Great dieoff happening now.

We're going to create a whole slew of family narratives about, oh, so and so died in the great Pandemic scam of 2020, 2021. And they'll be talking about this in 2041 and telling their kids, no, they did the Gazari and Mafia did this, and here's how they tricked us and all of this kind of thing, right, so that we will have an understanding of where we are, how we got here. Now, here is the death of the petrodollar, and there is nothing beyond that other than the potential for a Federal Reserve digital currency. Now, they've been working on this Central Bank digital currency for fuck all ever. A couple of things to note.

It's centralized. It's digital. And so that's good right off the bat, that's going to get every hacker and cracker with their bits and bytes interested in cracking the Central Bank digital currency. And many will okay these people are not impervious. They don't have a fucking clue about this.

Encryptions are dying really quickly. There's some new antimainframe style encryption techniques that work really well. I won't go into it at this point. We'll probably discuss it in the future. But in any event, these guys will be the target for a giant level of crackery, and they probably will succeed.

And so even as the digital currency is being rejected, they won't want to say it, but we'll probably get rumors that oh soandso cracked into the Federal Reserve's digital bank and issued themselves millions of dollars, because that would be the goal. You just find your account in the digital registry there and add digits to it. So it's that easy. But in any event, I don't suspect that the central bank digital currency will be well received or accepted. It won't persist.

And so because they have no other thing, right, they don't have Goldback currency or any of that, it's Putin that's doing that. Vladimir Putin is redefining the nature of currency in our reality and creating Goldback currencies that are outside of the Federal Reserve and so on. And he's done some really cool stuff. So Russia threw the World Health Organization out, closed all their offices, closed all their bank accounts, got everybody exit visas, and has thrown them out. This is just the first, in a way.

It's actually not the first. There's been many, many, many more up to this point. If you follow the Russians these last few years, they've been systematically breaking in their country all of the tendrils, all the little sticks and bits and pieces that stick out of the World Economic Forum into Russia. And they've done a good job. And so now the World Health Organization is gone, which is going to give the Russians a whole lot more freedom.

And this is something we should do here in the United States. Personally, I'm of the opinion we need to disband the United Nations and we need to throw out the bank of international settlements out of Washington DC, throw out the world health organization out of Washington DC, out of the country, as well as any number of other organizations that are all owned and controlled by the world economic forum, by the Kazarian mafia. Anyway, though, so what we're going to see here over these next few months so right now we're talking about the first part of August. By the end of August, I suspect that we will have had at least one additional banking crisis that will be outside of China. It may be Australia, but it also might be here in the United States.

There's some small possibility that this banking crisis could end up in Europe, but at this point, I don't think so because I've got these other crises going. And so what I'm talking about is basically a surprise kind of a crises where you wake up one day and you find out that a major regional bank is in deep trouble and then four days later it doesn't exist in a Lehman Brothers kind of away. Now we've got some candidates for this sort of thing in these very, very, very large hedge funds. They're not banks, but they've been operating more and more like banks in terms of the amount of money they've been moving through them. And bear in mind now that the Federal Reserve Note is a debt instrument and that's not really part of the economy.

Debt is not part of the economy. It is an aspect of the economy, but it's not a or it should not be a driver, a primary driver of the economy. And I separate economic things, the economy, from the financial system. So the Kazerian Mafia created the debt instrument. They scammed everybody into it.

They blackmail, they threatened, they kill all of these things until they get their bank charter, then they introduce it. Then they start raping the people by way of interest and then they build a financial system on top of that interest and start raping people through the illusion that you could buy stock or make an investment and actually make money. Make money, right? So it's a scheme. In the future here I'm going to go in depth into the nature of the biosphere.

And one of the things about the biosphere is that within nature we find that creativity is rewarded by the universe in a disproportionate way to labor. And so this is a key element of what we're coming up to here within our financial system because the financial system is counting on raping all of the people for their labor. And we're at a point of time within our development where we're and it's even the goal of one of the Kazarian Mafia goals is to reduce the amount of labor that's done in the world. Now, the Ksarian mafia, they're Malthusians. They want to kill off most of the people and keep the rest as slaves and enjoy the resources that they claim to own.

So there are no growth policy, right? Never grow, never breathe, never multiply, never do anything. And so this aspect is it going to be in sharp relief as we go forward with the creation of these currencies and how they are distributed, how they work, how the central bank digital currencies work, how the distribution goes and how they fail. Because they're going to fail on the issue of creativity versus labor. And we'll see that in just in some number of months, maybe like maybe it will be four months before we have the confluence of the probably only two and a half or so.

So probably at the end of October we'll start seeing the developing crises between labor versus creativity and the inability of the central bank and their digital currency or any of their currencies to make for an effective social order around the issue of labor versus creativity. It's complex. I'll get into it in a greater detail here later in another one of these talks as I get into some of the aspects of the bioscure. But basically what's going to be happening here is the introduction of the digital currency is going to send what little faith is left in the central bank and they're offering, which is to say, the Federal Reserve note, which is to say aka the federal dollar or the USA dollar. We're going to lose our confidence in that very rapidly as the digital currency is rolled out.

And it's rolled out in such a huge fiasco, just such a bad presentation and premiere.

It's just basically going to fail spectacularly miserably for the Kazari and mafia and it's going to leave a bad taste in everybody's mouth about anything that the federal reserve, the central bank and their ilk. That would be all the central banks are going to be in just a serious world of hurt as a result of the federal reserve here in the US. Playing around with digital currencies because they're going to do it just so badly anyway. In that period of time, we will hit the breakout of silver, we'll hit the breakout of gold and the cryptocurrency market. So right now the Gazarian mafia is barely able to hang on controlling gold and silver.

They're failing slowly every single day. And it's also is the case with the cryptocurrencies. They're using all of their ammunition now, the bitcoin and everything else that they've been and all the stable coins that they've been hoarding in order to try and manipulate the market at this particular point. And they're losing the battle. They're just not able to drive it down because so many people around the planet are moving into cryptocurrencies just to get away from these Federal Reserve notes and central bank in general as people wake up to the evil that is central banks and the evil that is the Kazarean mafia.

We're at a good point relative to that. I think there's been huge amounts of pushback on the part of the deep state, the Kazari and mafia trying to convince us that their narrative is solid around the money. They've been plowing in vast quantities of their own money and it's all failing. So we see their media companies and their social media companies are functioning but basically being diminished and wiped out in a sort of a slow fashion just by the Attrition. Every single day they're losing employees.

The employees themselves are waking up to the evil that they're doing and some of them are leaving, questioning the rationale for their work and all of this kind of thing, right? Not good for the Kazerian mafia. And the thing about it is once these people wake up, they don't go back, right? And so same thing with the viewers. Once you abandon CNN, once you turn off that television, you don't go back.

You go and you find other sources of information you just never return to their bullshit. And our population of the awake individuals is growing and it's selfsupporting. So as soon as you become awake, other people recognize it and they start talking to you. They tell you stuff, you tell them stuff, blah, blah, blah. Everybody gets more educated and we end up with a firm resolve against the evil Kazarian mafia in their evil central bank scheme to voiced pretend Jewish supremacy across the planet.

Now, a lot of the timing on this is not really as a result of events. In that sense. It's not organic. The Kazarean mafia works on these weird timing clues for their return of the space aliens that they worship and that they're waiting for. And they're of the opinion that we're at one of these nexus points where they need to work their asses off to get everything ready because the space aliens are likely to return any damn minute.

You know, all of this is bullshit, but it doesn't matter. That's what they believe. And so their timing is to do things now and they're in a real fucking rush. And being in a real fucking rush that's kind of like woken up people themselves in and of itself, because the people get to see this weird shit that makes no sense, right? And it's all counter to the nature of the social order.

So they want to have our social order be a LGB, whatever the fuck, inclusive. And it's not going to happen, right? There's going to be a fantastically huge backlash, a giant fucking backlash. This is a normal predictable part of what the Kansarian mafia has been doing for 40 years. So at least the last 40 years that they've been.

And really, if you want to think about it, it goes all the way back to the Tavistock Institute in the 1940s. And if you want to learn about mind control that you've been subjected to, get Estellen's book about the Tavistock Institute. There's a lot of books about it, but Escellin has a nice encapsulation on how these people have been fucking with you. But in any event, though, so this last 40 years, we've had a very hard push to destroy males and gender and all of this kind of stuff along as the currency was dying. They knew we were coming to this point because there and mafia, they wanted to have a world war, a nuke war.

They wanted the United States to be defeated. And so they needed to destroy the testosterone in the male population such that we would be weak and they needed to promote beta males and females into points of authority such that they would be weak to contention and battle and would surrender at the appropriate time. And that because we would have lost our constitution in the process of losing the war. We wouldn't have guns and they would have come around to collect them. All that shit ain't happening.

And so the Kazarians are in a real world of hurt. None of their plans are working out. Just as always, none of their plans ever work out.

We're going to see how it breaks down. Getting to the end of my journey here, I'll pick up with digital currencies later on, but I'm not giving people hints or any of that kind of shit for various different currencies, so don't bother asking me. I don't do that. I don't tout the currencies on Telegram or any of this. If anybody says that I do, it's a spoofer, it's not me, and so don't fall for it.

But we are moving into a radically different time. None of us have ever lived through the introduction of a new currency system into the social order where it takes over. A lot of this is predictable, but a lot of it is going to be just novel team, absolute novelty. It'll just get to work out in ways that we'd never anticipated and a lot of that's good. We haven't had novelty on this planet for a long time because Aryan Mafia has been putting us into this grip.

And so for the last 40 years they've been gripping on us, grabbing our nuts and trying to squeeze the testosterone out of them. And there's going to be a backlash and they're going to get what they deserve. Okay? The Kazarian Mafia is going to get what they deserve individually and collectively. It's going to be ugly because the Kazarians have a tendency to wrap themselves with the Jewish population and let the Jews take the brunt of the anger and the destruction while the Kazarians escape.

I don't think that's going to go down this time. I don't think it's going to happen that way this time. But the gazerians are going to get what they deserve. We may have a situation where there's some level of collateral damage, but it won't be like in Holocaust or any of that kind of shit. It's going to be much more selective, much more like an individual situation of a person being in the wrong place at the wrong time as opposed to groups.

Right? But the Kazarian Mafia is going to get the absolute shit kicked out of them in this blowback. And the social order has got to change. The universe has certain goals. It does things certain ways.

Doesn't do any good to fight universe because Aryan Mafia has been trying to fight it for a couple hundred years straight this time and really working on it since 1913.

So anyway, that's the end of this one. I get more into the digital currency later on, but it's going to fail. So I'm not really that interested in getting into the nuts and bolts of it. I'm not going to try and crack it or anything like that. I'll leave that up to all of these younger guys where it's just a huge sweet target sitting out there on the net.

I'm not involved in any of that kind of stuff. I could care less about the digital currency because it won't last, it won't be accepted. I'm not even sure that they'll be able to actually roll it out the door, so to speak. Things are going so bad for them and the breakdown is happening so rapidly. I'm actually expecting the constitutional crisis to come up in October and through November.

So we'll see how it plays out then. The Cesarians aren't going to win. As I say though, it's probably going to be a pretty ugly battle. Anyway, guys, that's it for now. Stay.

**3750 Character Summary**:
The document delves into the narrative of currency, highlighting its significance in shaping global events. The author criticizes the Federal Reserve Note, describing it as a debt instrument that has led to a Ponzi scheme-like situation. The narrative suggests that the Kazarian Mafia, a term used to describe a group of elites, has manipulated currencies for their benefit throughout history. The Byzantine Empire is cited as an exception that didn't fall for such currency manipulations. The current shift towards digital currencies, especially central bank digital currencies, is viewed skeptically. The author believes that people will prefer decentralized cryptocurrencies over centralized ones. The document also touches upon the pandemic, vaccines, and their implications. The author is critical of the vaccine industry and believes that the narrative surrounding viruses is misleading. The document concludes with the prediction that the Federal Reserve Bank might be voted out in the future, drawing parallels with historical events like the dissolution of the Second American Bank.

**850 Character Summary**:
The document critiques the global currency system, emphasizing the manipulative role of the "Kazarian Mafia" in shaping it. The Federal Reserve Note is described as a debt-based Ponzi scheme. The shift towards digital currencies, especially central bank digital currencies, is viewed with skepticism, with a preference for decentralized cryptocurrencies. The author also criticizes the vaccine industry and the narrative surrounding viruses, suggesting misinformation. The future might see the dissolution of the Federal Reserve Bank, reminiscent of historical events.

**100 Character Summary**:
Critique of global currency, skepticism towards digital currencies, and criticism of vaccine narratives.

**25 Hashtag Keywords**:
#Currency #FederalReserve #PonziScheme #KazarianMafia #DigitalCurrency #Cryptocurrency #Decentralized #Vaccine #Narrative #ByzantineEmpire #Pandemic #CentralBank #Gold #Silver #Bitcoin #Debt #Economy #FinancialSystem #Biosphere #Creativity #Labor #KazareanMafia #SpaceAliens #GlobalEvents #History

**25 Comma Separated Keywords**:
Currency, Federal Reserve, Ponzi Scheme, Kazarian Mafia, Digital Currency, Cryptocurrency, Decentralized, Vaccine, Narrative, Byzantine Empire, Pandemic, Central Bank, Gold, Silver, Bitcoin, Debt, Economy, Financial System, Biosphere, Creativity, Labor, Kazarean Mafia, Space Aliens, Global Events, History

**Ten Blog Titles**:
1. The Rise and Fall of the Federal Reserve: A Historical Perspective 📜
2. Digital Currencies: The Future or Another Ponzi Scheme? 💰
3. The Byzantine Empire: A Lesson in Currency Management 🏛️
4. Vaccines and Virology: Unraveling the True Narrative 🦠
5. 5 Reasons Why Decentralized Cryptocurrencies Trump Centralized Digital Currencies
6. The Kazarian Mafia: Unmasking the Puppeteers of Global Finance 🎭
7. From Gold and Silver to Bitcoin: Tracing the Evolution of Currency
8. The Great Currency Shift: What Lies Ahead in 2023? 🔄
9. The 3 Pillars of Modern Economy: Currency, Creativity, and Labor
10. Decoding the Kazarean Mafia's Obsession with Space Aliens 👽


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race – Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 – 06-21-2023

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023
Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

"Cause Unknown": The Epidemic of Sudden Deaths in 2021 & 2022 by Ed Dowd (Author), Gavin de Becker (Afterword), Robert F. Kennedy Jr. (Foreword)

What is killing healthy young Americans?
2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID.
A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent.
And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions:
What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people?
What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

Episode Summary:

Edward Dowd, a former Black Rock hedge fund manager and author, discusses the sudden surge in deaths among healthy working-age individuals in his book "Cause Unknown". He alleges a large-scale fraud in multiple sectors and raises concerns about the impact of vaccines. Dowd’s book highlights that in 2022, the US experienced 300,000 excess deaths, 1.36 million disabilities, and 26.6 million injured individuals leading to chronic absenteeism at work. He argues that this constitutes a national security issue, as it affects roughly 10% of the US population. Dowd claims that the mainstream media has largely ignored these statistics, which he believes to be vital information for the public. He also anticipates an upcoming deflationary cycle that will eventually lead to a global economic collapse, potentially followed by the implementation of central bank digital currencies. In addition, Dowd is involved in Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s presidential campaign, emphasizing the importance of medical autonomy and freedom of speech.

The text discusses a new political candidate, referred to as Bobby, who is seemingly gaining momentum and public support. His candidature appears to be a concern for established political figures, including President Biden. There is speculation within the oligarchic class regarding possible strategies to counter Bobby. Despite mainstream media’s skepticism and criticism, the public seems receptive to Bobby’s message. Additionally, the text highlights how guerrilla media is bypassing traditional news outlets, aiding the spread of information. The author, who had personal experiences with media misrepresentation, sympathizes with Bobby and applauds his confidence in alternative media channels. Furthermore, the article also touches upon economic predictions, indicating a potential recession in the UK and US, with real estate prices declining worldwide. It highlights a report foreseeing an economic recession as deep as the Savings and Loan crisis of the 1990s and anticipates deflation by Q1 2024 due to monetary supply credit contraction.

The text discusses concerns regarding the economic downturn, financial market corrections, unemployment rates, and work absences linked to potential health issues that arose after the mass COVID-19 vaccination programs in the US and UK. The author suggests that the US government may be preparing for deficit spending by issuing bonds to counter a recession, which could impact investments and lead to stock market corrections. The Federal Reserve Board members show dissent on raising rates amid signs of an economic downturn. The author also raises concerns regarding unusually high work absences and lost work time in 2021 and 2022 in the US and UK, which deviated significantly from 20-year trends. The author implies a possible link to mass vaccination programs and calls for investigation into these anomalies. There’s mention of a shift in excess deaths from the elderly in 2020 to working-age individuals from 2021 onwards, affecting the insurance sector and the economy. The author is worried about unknown medium and long-term effects.

The text raises concerns regarding the potential negative effects of COVID-19 vaccines on certain segments of the US population. It claims that in 2022, there were approximately 300,000 excess deaths, 1.36 million disabilities, and 26.6 million injuries believed to be related to the vaccines. These numbers, particularly affecting the employed population, are cited as a national security issue. The text suggests that the working population, generally aged between 25-44 and healthier than other age groups, experienced worse health outcomes than the general population. It posits that this could be due to vaccines and vaccine mandates, and questions why this is not being openly discussed. The text also discusses the economic impact, estimating $5.2 billion lost in wages from the deceased, $52 billion from the disabled, and $89 billion from work-time loss. It emphasizes concerns regarding the medium to long-term effects of vaccines on health and productivity and mentions a perceived lack of engagement from Congress and other authorities in discussing these issues.

The text expresses concern over the handling of the pandemic, suggesting that there is insufficient focus on the underlying causes and potential side effects of the vaccine. It criticizes the medical community for treating symptoms instead of addressing what the author believes to be a compromised immune system. The author is frustrated by the lack of government hearings and feels that the media and global authorities are engaging in a cover-up. Furthermore, the author emphasizes the need for a global conversation on this issue. The text also highlights suspicions regarding the rise in deaths in small areas like Hawaiian islands and attributes it to the health response without a rigorous analysis. It discusses cases of individuals like Jamie Fox and Damar Hamlin, insinuating potential links between health issues and the vaccine, and questioning the silence of the media. The author accuses multiple sectors including pharmaceutical, regulatory, media, and healthcare of fraud regarding the handling of the pandemic.

The text discusses a speaker’s upcoming presentation in Australia, where he will challenge the audience to critically evaluate their country's health response to the pandemic, which he deems an epic failure. He aims to present data showing that Australia's excess deaths have increased since 2020, urging the audience to demand accountability from those in charge. He hopes that Australia will take decisive action that may influence the US to do the same. The text also mentions speeches at the European Parliament, where speakers discussed public health responses, warning about failures and urging vigilance. The latter part of the text shifts focus to Jim Rickards’ insights on the global economic system and an upcoming recession. It then criticizes traditional banks for dishonest practices and endorses cryptocurrency as a means to challenge banks’ control over people’s finances. The text concludes by advocating for financial education and embracing cryptocurrencies for a more decentralized and fair financial system.

#EdwardDowd #HedgeFundManager #Author #ExcessDeaths #WorkingAgeIndividuals #LargeScaleFraud #Vaccines #NationalSecurityIssue #MainstreamMedia #DeflationaryCycle #GlobalEconomicCollapse #CentralBankDigitalCurrencies #RobertFKennedyJr #MedicalAutonomy #FreedomOfSpeech #Bobby #PoliticalCandidate #OligarchicClass #GuerrillaMedia #EconomicRecession #RealEstatePrices #SavingsAndLoanCrisis #FinancialMarketCorrections #UnemploymentRates #WorkAbsences #COVID19VaccinationPrograms #DeficitSpending #Bonds #FederalReserve #InsuranceSector #CompromisedImmuneSystem #GovernmentHearings #MediaCoverUp #GlobalConversation #PharmaceuticalSector #RegulatorySector #HealthcareSector #Fraud #Australia #EuropeanParliament #PublicHealthResponses #JimRickards #TraditionalBanks #Cryptocurrency #FinancialEducation #DecentralizedFinancialSystem

ALSO:

Bayer CEO says mRNA COVID-19 Vaccine is Gene Therapy

Episode: Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

Sudden death among healthy working age people worldwide is skyrocketing. Edward Dowd is an author of the new book Cause Unknown. If you don't think it's the vaccines, what is it and why aren't we talking about it? This is multi system fraud, pharmaceutical fraud, regulatory fraud, media fraud, healthcare fraud. It's fraud across the board.

I've never seen anything quite like it. Do you want to talk about the excess deaths and the way that you've tracked this and what the book is really about and cost of the economy? I think you had made an estimated $147,000,000,000 in damage. Here are the numbers we found in 2022. 300,000 excess deaths in the US.

1.36 million disabilities, 26.6 million injured people. That's presenting itself as chronically missing work. So that's about 10% of the US. Population. That's why it's a national security issue.

And we got an estimate for the injured from the Pfizer clinical trial data we were searching for. How does it manifest? And when we found the absence and work time loss, that's when we said, AHA. And that's when we married those two together. Yeah, I guess if you look at the damage numbers you're talking about, then the big damage came from the vaccine.

Right. If these numbers were highlighted by all the news organizations, people would be running around like chickens with their heads cut off. But now there's silence on these numbers. These are pandemic numbers. You can't argue.

I mean, it's just data. And the data is overwhelmingly telling you from many different angles that something happened in 21 and 22. We are in a pandemic. I call it be vaccinated. This kind of silence and this cover up is going to cause more damage.

It's going to be very interesting the next ten years. And I do think there's a renaissance on the other side. But between now and then, it's going to get pretty wild.

The world is changing. Inspiration is everywhere.

It has never been so easy to connect, share, and bring people together. We're learning from others and finding the best in ourselves, challenging our beliefs, sharing our vulnerability, overcoming our fears, transforming ourselves so we can transform the world.

How far can we go? This is London real. I am Brian Rose. My guest today is this is London Real. I am Brian Rose.

My guest today is Ed Dowd, the former hedge fund manager, whistleblower, and author. You spent most of your career on Wall Street with ten years as a managing director for BlackRock, the world's largest asset management firm, overseeing a $14 billion fund. Your book, Cause Unknown the Epidemic of Sudden Deaths in 2021 and 2022 explores the sudden surge of deaths in working age people that most significantly was not attributed to COVID-19. You believe that the unexpected and sudden deaths of so many young and healthy people constitutes a national security concern. You also assert we are beginning a deflationary cycle that will become a recession and lead to a global economic collapse.

From here, you expect the rollout of a central bank digital currency. Last month, you became co treasurer for Robert F. Kennedy Jr's. Campaign to seek the Democratic nomination for president. Ed.

Welcome back to London. Real great to be here, Brian. Thanks for having me on again. Great to have you here. I love it having you on because we can talk about so many different things.

But first I've got to ask you about Robert F. Kennedy Jr's. Campaign. I first met Robert when I had him on my show in May of 2020. I think he was the second guest I ever had on our digital freedom platform, which I had to create because we were getting censored by YouTube.

And I walked into that episode telling Robert I was going to get my vaccine, and by the end of the episode, my scientific MIT drained brain was thinking, wait a second. I need to really listen to this man and think long and hard about it. And I had an amazing conversation with Robert. We've had him on since. And quite frankly, it just kills me when I look at the mainstream media's portrayal of him, because anybody who's ever spent an hour talking to Robert can realize he is an incredible man, has a tremendous amount of integrity, a great vision.

And so I was just really happy to see him running and to see you associated with his campaign. How's that been for you and how did that happen? Yeah, bobby wrote the foreword to my book, and he was one of the people who, along with Gavin DeBacker and Tony Lyons of Skyheart Publishing, they all kind of pitched the book to me, and they said it's important that I use my data and get my voice out there, because it was a different voice at the time. It was a Wall Street voice. It was a trend analysis voice.

I didn't go into the science. I went into the body counting ones and zeros disabilities, ones and zeros. And now we have injuries, ones and zeros. So that was my contribution to this fight. I've got to know Bobby.

I've done a couple of speaking events with him for some of his former well, he's no longer with CHD nonprofit he founded because he's running for president. But we did some events, got to know him very well. He's a man, like you said, of integrity and honor and truth. And that's an emerging trend. I think it's a nascent trend, but it's going to explode.

And I think all the leaders going forward are going to have to exhibit those characteristics, because the current clown show we have is full of gaslighting lies and deceit, and all the people that are currently occupying seats of power have to go, in my humble opinion, and hopefully peacefully. What a crazy concept that our leaders have to embody truth and integrity, right? Absolutely. And here's the thing about Bobby. So when I joined the campaign, there was the first call.

It was exploratory committee before he decided to run. And I was tapped for that. So I was there early days, and he said on the call there were some pollsters on the call, and he said, look, guys, I'm going to lead. A lot of candidates lead from behind with the polls. I'm going to speak the truth.

I'm going to speak what I believe to be true. I'm not going to be poll driven. When I heard that, that's when I was like, this is going to be great. And so you can see from his public appearances, he's not holding any punches. He's not testing something first to see if it's going to resonate with the public.

He's just saying what he believes to be true. And again, one of the biggest parts of his platform is freedom first. And we have medical tyranny and lack of First Amendment rights in this country at the moment. And until we get those back, all the other issues you may or may not agree with Bobby on are kind of kicking around sand in the sandbox. Without those core tenets of medical autonomy and freedom of speech, we got nothing.

So that's what we can all rally around. Get back to that. And he's very familiar with all the agencies. He's worked with them in his prior environmental law practices, and he knows how the bureaucracy works, and he knows how it's been perverted and corrupted. So he's the man for me, and I think he's the man for the nation.

Yeah. It's a breath of fresh air to see a candidate who speaks his truth, and it resonates in 10 seconds of listening to him. It's like, well, here's a guy who really is telling you what he really thinks. It's not some canned line. It hasn't been ironed out and gone through all the approvals of all these committees and fundraisers.

It's like he's telling you what he truly believes. And it's noticeable for me and I think for a lot of people, too. I mean, he's got some great poll numbers, and depending on who you ask, I've heard behind the scenes that if you look at the real numbers, he's not actually far behind Biden, even though I think the official polls have him at 20%, which is still super strong for a candidate that just announced. Yeah. What's interesting is the establishment press is starting to talk about the fact that Biden has a Kennedy problem, and that's a good thing, and it is a problem.

And there's chatter amongst the oligarchic class that they have to figure out a way to get rid of Biden, get someone else in there soon, because if this is allowed to continue, bobby has a very high chance of grabbing the nomination. If they don't fix it. The establishment, that is not us, obviously. Can Bobby grab the nomination from a Democratic Party that won't even let biden debate. Is that possible?

I think it's possible. And what's going on is guerrilla media. I mean, his message is getting out there. He was asked, does he care about the censorship? And he said no.

There's a lot of independent voices. The trust in the media has never been so low. This COVID debacle, this vaccine debacle, has shattered the trust in many institutions. And personally, my social media metrics continue to accelerate. And that's not because of me per se.

It's because of the information and message that I have and people are finding me word of mouth and it's spreading. I can sense a spreading acceleration of what the truth is getting out there. I mean, obviously, lives need to be saved and I'd love for the people in charge to declare the truth, but if we have to spread it word of mouth, and so be it. I did a search for him here in London on my Google, in the news, just to see who was covering him. And of course, The Guardian came up, one of the publications here in London, and it called Robert a Conspiracy Theorist Antivaxxer.

And then was just pulling out all this nonsense and I was like, really? That's how you're going to cover this guy? And I don't know, sometimes I continually to be shocked at what the mainstream media does to things that still surprises me after all these years. Well, I put out a tweet a couple of weeks ago that we have a dearth of conspiracy theories we're undersupplied because a lot of the ones we had have come true, so we need new ones. It's so true.

After we got done fighting YouTube in 2020 and we set up our Freedom platform, and on that platform, I had people like Bobby and a bunch of other doctors that were speaking the truth. After that I ran to be mayor of London. So I spent seven months in the spotlight with the mainstream media coming after me. So I know what it feels like to read a headline and you're reading about somebody that has your name, but it has not a single shred of truth in it. And it's like, clickbait, done to the extreme.

And to see publication after publication after publication come out with that. So I know what it feels like. But I'm glad Bobby is confident that, like you said, the guerrilla media will get the message out to people. And yeah, him against Biden, you're right. They should really start to worry because it's night and day and again, you couldn't make this stuff up.

Biden takes the fall yesterday and it's just like they're still going to try to sell that to the public. And versus Bobby, it's just kind of hard to believe, but I guess potentially those are the two candidates, right? Yeah. The biden fall was interesting. People wanted me to retweet that.

I'm at the point now where it's just sad and I don't need to highlight an old man falling. What I think we should all do collectively is shame folks who even try to pretend that this is okay. Making fun of Biden is kind of passe. We should make fun of the people who actually try to gaslight us in our own discussions locally and with friends. If anybody at a cocktail party says to me anything about Biden that's remotely favorable, you just shame them right then and there.

And you just say, Look, I can't take you seriously. This guy's not well. He's sick. Yeah, I had similar feelings. Like, I don't like putting someone down.

But then I also see that he's embodying some just terrible things to happen to the country. So, yeah, I think your call is probably the better way to go there. And again, I've heard Bobby talk about this censorship industrial complex that he's dealing with, but this is probably the best thing that he could do for his quote unquote image, because they were able to pigeonhole him kind of last year. And even though his book was, like, the best seller in America, he didn't get any coverage. But it feels like with him running for president now, the media is having to address him somewhat.

And I feel like people are really starting to see more of what he's about, which I think is good for everybody. So, yeah, I was really happy to see you on board with that and wishing you all the best. Let me know how we can help over here. Absolutely. Thank you so much.

Let's jump into a couple of things, because you've been talking about what we're looking at here with this economy, and I'm just curious if your opinion has changed in the last couple of months. I think the last time we were on talking, I think Silicon Valley Bank had just tanked. Now, we've seen these inflation numbers seem to be revising to be potentially less catastrophic. But now we're also hearing rumors of recessions happening here in Britain and in America. Real estate prices seem to be dropping globally.

You understand this because you worked on Wall Street, and like you said, you go by the numbers. What do you see happening in this economy in the last few months? And what should people really get their head around? What's really happening here? So in November of last year, we put out an economic report.

My partners at Finance Technologies calling for recession in Q Three and Q Four. As we've rolled through the first six months of this year, our early cycle indicators are telling us the recession will be as deep as the SNL crisis in the 90s economically. Again, what the financial assets do remains to be seen, but we suspect it'll be bad. And we just put out a report yesterday, an inflation update. We're now calling for deflation to rear its ugly head around Q One of 2024.

We're seeing a monetary supply credit contraction that's going to exacerbate the already weakening economic fundamentals. So we're looking for inflation numbers to come down hard, and we're thinking that's going to manifest itself in Q One of 2024. So all this inflation talk is really rear view mirror. By the time we get to Q One of 24, they'll be talking about deflation and there'll be a policy response from the Fed and the powers that be. The Fed will probably go from QT quantitative tightening QE.

There'll be chatter at that time of a central bank, digital currency, we suspect, and potentially a universal basic income. If it's as bad as we think this economic downturn could be, we don't know yet whether it's going to go systemic, meaning it causes the plumbing of the financial system to become unglued, like the great financial crisis. But if that happens, Katie barred the door. I suspect this budget deal that we saw, I put out a tweet on this yesterday. Everyone's been confused by this debt ceiling deal.

Speaker McCarthy seemed to surrender everything to the Democrats. He did a two year deal that's uncapped. So it's capped in time, but not price. So it gives the government the ability to spend four to $5 trillion. And everyone's confused, everyone feels betrayed.

I suspect if it isn't blackmail or payola schemes for McCarthy, it's likely that he was informed of the coming economic downturn. And the government's going to need the ability to spend a ton of deficit spending into a recession. So I think it's a tell. It's a tell of how bad things are going to get going into the end of this year and into next year. And we have a problem.

The US government is going to start issuing bonds again. That's going to crowd out other investments. So we're going to see financial assets start to correct fairly shortly here. The stock market, technically, I don't want to get into it, but we're close to this stock market in the US. Rolling over hard and catching up with the reality of the earnings of the companies in the S and P that are going to start going down.

And there'll be layoffs coming. It's going to be very interesting in the second half of this year, especially into the fall. And how can the Fed still be talking about raising rates at this point? How can they still be implying or threatening that they're going to go up another quarter in the near term future when so many signs seem to be pointing out that this is really going to hurt when it goes the other way? Like you said, more like Q One next year.

Well, so when they were raising like Jack Robbits the last year, they were unified. Now we're starting to see some dissent going on in the Governor Board, the Federal Reserve Board. We're starting to see some people say we should pause, we should take a moment to breathe. I think the mistake they're making, especially Powell, is they're looking at the unemployment, which is artificially low. We think it's because the labor pool is smaller than they think due to the vaccine injuries and the disabilities and the deaths.

We think the labor pool is slightly smaller. So we figure the unemployment rate of 3.5% is really 2.7%, and 0.7% has been shaved off through the disabilities, deaths and injuries. And the injuries manifest themselves in lost work time and lost work and absences, which went off the rails in 2020. 213 standard deviations above a 20 year trend both in the US and the UK. We just did the UK data, and they look exactly the same.

So if you don't think it's the vaccines, what is it and why aren't we talking about it? It's basically a bunch of people in the workforce who are chronically sick. Yeah, let's actually just highlight that quickly, because from a data guy, when you see two different countries separated by an ocean that have a lot of fundamental differences, even though they're both G seven, and you see a similar number of standard deviations like that, how does that make you feel?

First of all, for those in the audience who don't understand what standard standard deviation is, it's a probability distribution curve, and that three standard deviation. Event is what we call a tail event, and it happens 0.3% of the time, and on Wall Street, that's a big deal. Three. Just three. All you need is three, and guys on Wall Street start to worry.

Well, this work absence and work time lost is twelve and 13 standard deviations in the UK and US in 2022. That's a black swan event. I mean, that just boggles the mind. This deviation from trend and happening in both countries simultaneously is a signal. And again, using deductive reasoning and simple logic, this trend started in 2021 and accelerated in 2022.

So you have to ask yourself, what changed in 2021? Well, mass vaccination programs and mandates in the US. So unless someone has a better explanation, it needs to be investigated. But it doesn't seem to be even acknowledged or that statistic even being talked about by the governments. I mean, the numbers are just there in the US.

Bureau of Labor Statistics and the UK ons data, it's just there. And so while we're here, and for people that might not know the entire background, do you want to talk about the excess deaths and the way that you've tracked this and what the book is really about and the cost of the economy? I think you had made it an estimated $147,000,000,000 in damage and just kind of those assertions, because I think those missing work numbers, they kind of roll off of that from your research. Yeah, correct. So the journey I began was just following some trends, and some of the earliest trends were excess death.

They started showing up in the insurance company results in 2021. Funeral home results, meaning funeral home companies were beating and raising earnings. And while the management teams were expecting, they were legitimately expecting after the first wave of COVID to go back to normal trend. But it didn't, and they started to become growth companies, which again, we should be asking ourselves, why are funeral home companies grow stocks again? So those two trends led me to other databases like the CDC, the society of actuaries, and what we found is there was a mix shift from old to young.

So during 2020, there were excess deaths, but they're mostly old. It became established fact that COVID mostly affected older folks with comorbidities. Well then suddenly, in 2021, excess deaths took off, especially in the working population, more so than the general population. And that was proven in my book, and it's continued to this day. The society of Actuaries just released their 2022 report, and young folks are continuing to die in their group life business in the millennial age group, 12% more than the general US.

Population. So again, whatever's happening is affecting the working folks in all countries across the western nations. So that's something that needs to be investigated. It's not normal and it's flipped. It's a relationship that never held before.

In fact, the society of actuaries had proven in a study in 2016, which I QR code in my book, that their business is a good business. They determined that group life policyholders die normally at one third the rate of the general US. Population in any given year, and that all flipped. In 2021, there was an 8% differential, 40% excess deaths between 25 and 64 in group life versus 32% in the general US. Population in 2021.

So excess deaths have come down since then, but they're still high for the working folks. And that continues. We're running now between 15 and 20% excess deaths across all western nations. Right now, that's extremely high. 10% is a once in a 200 year flood, according to Scott Davison at one one America.

He said that in January of 2022. So statistically, 10% is crazy, that's three standard deviations. 40% is off the charts, that's what happened in 21, and 20% is an abomination. And unfortunately, the trend into 2023 doesn't seem to be normalizing yet. It's still running quite high, especially in group life.

And group life for me is a smoke and gun because these are the people that work at the fortune 500, mid sized companies who are basically mandated. Yeah, that was my next question. What do you expect to happen to those numbers in 23 in different places around the world? And is it going to be correlated to where the vaccine is still being promoted or even mandated? I'm sure that's going to be part of our analysis.

Our biggest fear is that we don't know the medium and long term effects and what concerned us. When we produced the vaccine damage report, the number you referenced of about 150,000,000,000 in economic damages. What we saw that was disturbing was that the absence and work time lost accelerated into 2022. It became significantly worse. It was six standard deviations in 21 in both the UK and the US.

And then it accelerated to 13 and twelve standard deviations. So we're concerned that even though you may not be getting boosters, there may be a certain segment of the population where damage has been done and your immune system has been compromised. So you're injured and you're chronically getting ill. And unfortunately, these buckets are not static. So you can go from injured to disabled, potentially dead.

And here are the numbers we found in 2022. 300,000 excess deaths in the US due to the, we believe, to the vaccine. We think that's low. We're very conservative. 1.36 million disabilities and 26.6 million injured people.

That's presenting itself as chronically missing work. So that's about 10% of the US population. That's why it's a national security issue. And it seems to be predominantly found in the working folks of this country, not those who are either retired or working for themselves, who chose not to get the job or quit to get the job. We found those not in labor force in 2022 and 21, their disability rate went up the least, only 4% versus the employed disability rate, which went up 31%.

So whatever happened in 21 and 22 was detrimental to your health to be employed. And obviously the only thing that changed was the vaccine and mandates. And if it's not that, what is it? And why is it not being talked about? And the circular logic takes you back to the fact that it's likely a cover up at this point.

And when it's hitting the employed, that means it's hitting the people that are healthy enough to work. Yes. By the very nature of getting up in the morning and getting to a job and being young, you're the healthiest amongst us. You're between 25 and 44. We'll just use that group, the millennials, you're the healthiest amongst us.

You have access to the best health care. But yet, mysteriously, in 21 and 22, your health outcomes as a group are worse than the general population. That should never happen. And it's a national security issue. That's what I've said to Senator Ron Johnson in our military.

I've talked to Colonel Teresa Long and she's one of the whistleblowers. And she suspects that if we don't fix all this, and given the problems they're having with recruitment due to the woke nature of the military, we won't have a standing army in five years. Because what people don't understand is for every one pilot that flies a jet, there's seven to ten support people behind them. And if you get two of those people either dying, disabled or chronically sick, you have a problem. Those numbers are just hard to comprehend.

26 million injured. And like you said, it's one thing to look at the deaths but if the injured are harder to quantify. But if you're seeing the missing work going up, that's a great way to see it. But like you said, it's unknown. So that could go up in the next year even if there's not people vaccinated because you don't know the damage that's being done and how much it disabilitates someone before they even die.

Right? You just don't know. We don't know. We don't know the medium term effects. And as a trend follower, we're looking at the disability trend.

So the rate of change in the growth of disabilities has slowed. But the trend, if you're going to draw a trend line, it hasn't broken trend. So disabilities, if things were going to get back to normal, we should see a break in the trend, and we haven't yet. It's just the rising disabilities has slowed, which is good news. But we also suspect that part of the issue is that some of those people who are disabled are dying.

So the numbers are slowing potentially because of deaths. I think I read a study in Switzerland a few weeks ago that they're no longer suggesting the vaccine for children or able bodied people, but they still are in other countries, maybe even the US. What is the status of how hard people are pushing the vaccine at this point? It's still mandated in many colleges across the country. First responders in hospitals and police departments and fire departments are still under mandates in certain areas of the country.

There's still some corporations that are probably still pushing this. The good news is that booster uptake is way down and the general populations of the globe are using common sense. They know it doesn't work. So why continue the insanity of doing something that doesn't work? And I'm happy about that.

But again, the thing that I'm most concerned about are the medium to long term effects. Has damage already been done? And the thing for me that really got me concerned was when we discovered the injured, which we got an estimate for the injured from the Pfizer clinical trial data and that's why they wanted to hide it for 75 years, because that's our estimate again. So you have an estimate of injured, but then you ask yourself, well, we were searching for how does it manifest? And when we found the absence and word time lost, that's when we said AHA.

And that's when we married those two together. And to give you an idea of the economic damage, we estimate 5.2 billion lost in wages from the dead, about 52 billion disabled, and 89 billion from lost work time from the injured. So the injured are causing the most economic damage. And there's also the productivity lost that we can't measure. We can only measure wages.

What do I mean by productivity? Productivity is a multiplier of our economy. So the more productive we are, the more economic growth we have. And it's very multiplier. Effect.

So since we can't measure that, our 150,000,000,000 estimate could be 500 billion, could be a trillion, we don't know. What we do know is when you're chronically ill, the other people that aren't ill have to pick up the slack and they get burnt out and they may get sick. Not because of vaccine injury, just because they're overworked. They're not chugging along at full speed. And if you are at work and you're chronically ill, you may not be working at 100% capacity, you may be working at 75%, even when you do show up, maybe 50%.

So there's lots of lost productivity, and that's just showing up anecdotally all over the US. Especially in service industries where restaurants are closing early, car repair shops aren't moving things through fast enough, so it's starting to slowly show up in the productivity of the economy. Ed, is anybody in a higher place willing to have conversations? I mean, you mentioned the general, you mentioned a senator. Has any of that changed where people are willing to even discuss this with you?

I mean, obviously having Robert out there is great because there's someone in a political party that's actually talking about this. But is anybody else engaging with you?

I was told by some media people that they would put me in touch with Marjorie Taylor Green, who's running the COVID investigation committees. And I became frustrated because no one reached out to me. And then Dr. Robert Malone recently said as much in a tweet. I retweeted it.

Then he went on Steve Bannon show and said it's been crickets from the Congress that should be reaching out to Dr. Malone. He mentioned my name in the interview and said they're not ed Doubt and I have not been sought after for our expertise. So we're just curious as to why no one really wants to bring us to the Hill and testify. Because as far as I'm concerned, there's a lot of people in all the countries of the globe who are getting sick, and they're going to their doctors and their doctors, and if you're not informed of what we are informed of, you go in and you have a symptom.

So the doctor treats the symptom, but not the underlying cause, which we think is a compromised immune system. And there are all sorts of protocols being developed to detoxify the spike protein. So until we have a kind of a national global conversation about this, people are going to continue to treat the wrong things and not solve the underlying problem. That's what I'm most annoyed with, is that this kind of silence and this cover up is going to cause more damage. Has anybody spoke to the government in the Congress or the Senate about this?

I haven't seen any hearings. I haven't seen no the COVID hearings have been focused on the Kabuki theater around the Wuhan Lab and the Wet markets. For me, I don't care where the virus came from all I know is we produced a product that seems to be killing, maiming, and disabling untold amounts of people. So we don't even know the origins of the virus. That seems like Kabuki theater domain a distraction.

Yeah, I guess if you look at the damage numbers you're talking about, then the big damage came from the vaccine, right? Yeah. No. So I've said publicly on a number of podcasts that the numbers we're seeing now with the lost work time, the disabilities and the deaths, we have pandemic numbers. Today.

We are in a pandemic, I call, of the vaccinated. And if these numbers were highlighted by all the news organizations, like the deaths were in 2020 with the case count and the death count, people would be running around like chickens with their heads cut off because they listen to the media. But now there's silence on these numbers. These are pandemic numbers we're seeing. But the who just said the pandemic is over.

A couple of weeks ago, Rochelle Wolinsky, the head of the CDC, resigned the same day. So there seems to be this I like to use the Homer Simpson meme, homer Simpson backing into the hedgerow to disappear. It seems to me that that's what the global authorities hope will happen. I'm having flashbacks here, Ed, because that same newspaper, the Guardian, that described Bobby that way, were printing these numbers in 2020. And, I mean, I just would wake up every day and they printed them and it was like terror porn.

And they were just literally terrorizing the nation with these numbers after numbers after numbers. That what the hell do they mean at the end of the day? And it was this way of just constantly instilling fear in everyone about something that really was affecting a very tiny percentage of them. Meanwhile, I'm getting taken off the air, and I'm also, to add insult to injury, Ed, I'm having conversations with the Great Barrington Declaration people and Bobby Kennedy and all these people that are speaking reason to me, and I see this complete disconnect with the media. And now, like you said, we seem to be seeing it completely the other way, where there's actually a real problem we need to focus on and it's not being mentioned at all.

Jamie Fox had some serious stroke brain injury. The insiders are now coming out and saying that it happened right after he took a shot for a movie he was filming. And people don't want to talk about it. I mean, this is crazy making at this point and insanity. And they hope that this can go away, but it's not.

And again, I can tell by the reception that I used to receive where I was considered crazy to thank you so much, is what I'm seeing now. When I go out and about on the island of Maui, more and more people recognize me. I go to the beach. I'm not a celebrity. But people approach me on the beach and my friends are like, wow, that's weird.

I go, well, that's good news, because it means there's an awakening going on. And I did a little analysis of Maui deaths, just straight up deaths, I didn't analyze it, but every year since 2019, deaths on Maui have gone up while the population decreased since 2019 by about 2%. I was on a radio show on the island of Kauai. A woman who runs that radio show, Felicia Caldwell, she's also a council woman on the Kauai advisory board and she did the same analysis on her island and deaths have gone up every year since 2019. And again, this is not rigorous analysis.

These are small islands. Population of Maui is 150,000. But whatever has happened just to the islands of Hawai, the health response is causing more people to die each year, more so than the previous year. So again, we're seeing this in other countries as well, especially Australia. I'm going to Australia next week to do an event in Perth, 2500 people auditorium.

It sounds like it's going to sell out. I'm going to show the Australians that their excess deaths in 2022 are about 16% versus, I think, 4% in 21 and -2% in 2020. So whatever they're doing there is causing a rise. And again, these numbers, had these numbers occurred in 2020, we would have been told about them. But now it's crickets.

And if people were unvaccinated and dying suddenly, let's just assume that was going on. I suspect the media would be highlighting that and shouting from the rooftops, but they're not. So this is, I think, the biggest fraud in crime I've ever seen in my financial career. And I think it's probably in your career too. I mean, I used to see a lot of fraud on Wall Street.

This is fraud, this is multi system fraud, this is pharmaceutical fraud, regulatory fraud, media fraud, health care fraud. It's fraud across the board. I'd never seen anything quite like it. Yeah, and you mentioned Jamie Fox and rumors or have it that he did not want to get the vaccine, but he was pressured from Hollywood or the production company he was working for. And yet that seems to go counter to the Hollywood narrative, which is quite married up with the left wing narrative, which was the masks and the vax and all of that.

And so they can't talk. Right? And then in that industry, if you say something against it, I guess you never work. And so it's just this weird silencing thing going on and then it's anecdotal you look at a guy like Jamie Fox, I mean, pretty strong guy, right? And it's this weird mystery and no one's saying anything.

If you look at him physically, he looks like a very healthy man. I mean, he's a good looking man, fit, low body fat, and all of a sudden he gets a stroke out of nowhere and it happened within, I think, 24 hours of getting a vaccine. Anybody who wants to try to discount that is literally living in fantasy land. And again, I don't like to talk about specific cases. I'm more about the metadata.

But this has already been reported by the mainstream media. MSN has put it out on the news, so even the establishment media is having to report this. This is the interesting thing about this, and I do think that this is slowly getting out there into the consciousness of those who don't pay attention. Those who do pay attention already know what we know, but it's starting to dawn on people. Something seriously off.

Yeah. Again, I challenge anybody to think back in the last 20 years or maybe 40 years of a similar example of a guy in Hollywood with the same fitness level, the same everything level, jamie Fox that suddenly got a stroke. I can't think of a single one. I mean, we had Michael Jackson die, but we figured out what that was about. We have sometimes these sudden deaths, but I can't think of anything like this and we're seeing a string of these things.

Then we had the Damar Hamlin incident on the football field and he did an interview where, again, I don't want to comment on whether or not he took the vaccine. When he was asked about his medical condition, he said, I'd rather not go there. So whatever happened with Damar? Again, I'm an analyst. It seems like someone got to him and gave him a lot of money and he signed an agreement not to talk about it because they asked, what did your doctor say?

And he said, I'd rather not talk about that. Which is very curious. Yeah. And again, how many decades of American football footage do we have? And we've never, ever seen that happen on the field, have we?

Never. Because I haven't watched football since I was a kid. Never seen that, ever. I think there was one incident in the 50s, but again, not in my lifetime. Yeah, it's pretty wacky.

You mentioned Australia. Talk to me about the data down there, because Australia has always been a massive audience for us at London Real. I found that the people down there, they're always looking ahead. They're always open to new ideas and information, new physical practices, new mental practices, and they usually punch above even the Brits here when it comes to, like I said, new ideas. And yet during the lockdown, it was really hard to watch how they seemed to be punished by madness and just so many mandates and lockdowns, et cetera.

What are you going to tell them when you go down to that stage in Perth? And are they going to want to hear it? Well, I think the audience is going to be filled, I was told, with obviously some of the red meat crowd, the echo chamber. People already know and believe what we believe. And hopefully I'd like to see a lot of people who are kind of on the fence and those who think I'm crazy, because I'm just going to present the facts and the data.

And then at the end of my presentation, it's going to be about 30 minutes, I'm going to focus on the US. But at the end, I'm going to show the work our team has done on Australia, and we're going to pose the question to them. Whatever happened in your country, if you don't want to believe that it's the vaccines. Whoever was in charge of your health response has hurt you. And you need to investigate this at a bare minimum, because your excess deaths have gone up every year since 2020.

So your health response is an epic failure and you need to start asking questions. And then I'm going to say, I would hope that your unity in trying to fight COVID and maybe making some errors, I hope that once this information presented, your unity will quickly turn the other way and you'll pull at 180. And I would love to see Australia shame the US US Yanks and pull the vaccine before we do. That's going to be my challenge to them. Shame.

The Yanks. Good. It's a powerful thing to do. Speaking of governments, we saw a very OD thing that happened in the European Parliament, where a few figures went over there, including Dr Malone, and I think David R Martin was there and they were allowed to talk about the epic failure. And I think David R Martin said he had been there ten years earlier warning of the same thing happening.

It's also weirdly coincidental because Pandemic Three airs this weekend and we actually live streamed the Pandemic Two, which really featured David R Martin. And again, a lot of facts in that movie. It was almost pure facts. It was just information and data that you could track yourself about different types of research being done in certain places. Just curious for your thoughts on what happened there.

Yeah, so I watched Martin's speech and it was great. And he's done a lot to continue watching the rest of the episode for free, visit our website, LondonREAL. Dot TV, or click the link in the description below.

Wild.

We're? So Jim Rickards has just recorded a video that's not available to anyone in the public, and he's going to be talking about how this upcoming recession is going to be fast, it's going to be bloody, it's going to be nasty. But at the same time, he's going to show you how you can position yourself to profit from all of this chaos. Now, we've made this video only available to our viewers. Go to LondonREAL TV.

Jim, watch that immediately. I can't say enough good things about Jim Richards. He understands the global economic system better than any guest I've ever had on London Real. His predictions are almost uncannily true. And you can learn how to profit from his vision, from his expertise and his understanding of economics.

So go to LondonVille TV Jim, or click the link below. It's an excellent, excellent look on what's going to happen in the future and how you can position yourself to profit from that. Jim is one of the best in the business, one of my favorite guests on London Real and he's very, very good at predicting the future and showing us all to profit from it. So click the link and I hope you enjoy the greedy bankers are about to do it again. In 2008, they crashed our financial system and nearly bankrupted the entire global economy.

Then they received trillions of dollars in government bailouts and after they demanded fat bonuses paid for by you, the taxpayer. It turns out the banks haven't just been screwing the American taxpayers, they're also screwing over their investors. Turns out the banking industry is the worst place you could put your money despite enormous taxpayer bailout. Now the bankers are back to take away your financial freedom. They lie and tell you that cryptocurrency isn't safe.

They try to make it illegal for you to choose how to invest your hardearned money. They lie and say cryptocurrency is used by money launderers and criminals. But look at the record it's the banks themselves that launder hundreds of billions of dollars every year to the biggest criminal operations in the world. Leaked documents have revealed how some UK banks have helped criminals, money launderers and Russians under sanctions. American authorities discovered that the Sinaloa cartel moved $881,000,000 through HSBC accounts as bank officials turned a blind eye to the illegality.

The bankers lie and say cryptocurrency is not a real investment. Meanwhile, the smartest CEOs in the world are buying billions and billions of it. The truth is that banks lie about cryptocurrency because it makes them scared. The banks take $9 trillion per year of your hardearned money and they are worried that they will finally be exposed. They're scared because crypto means they can no longer control your money, which means they can no longer control you.

They are scared because you might actually understand your money and intelligently decide what to do with it. Now is the time for us to come together, fight back and take control. It's time to educate ourselves, our families and our communities because financial education means financial freedom. We know that cryptocurrencies will help us build the new decentralized financial system of the future. A banking system that is of the people, by the people and for the people.

A banking system where access to finance is a fundamental human right. A banking system that is free and fair and welcomes all humans on this earth. The DFI revolution is happening. We the people can no longer be fooled. We choose to take control of our finances.

We choose to take control of our freedom. We choose to take control of our future. Join us and let's take back our finances. Freedom forever.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Bad Narradigm – 05-09-2023

Bad Narradigm - 05-09-2023

Bad Narradigm - 05-09-2023

Episode Summary:

The writer reflects on the concept of the American empire, its deviation from its original isolationist intention, and its connection to global influences. They delve deep into the topics of Zionism, the role of the Khazarian mafia, and conspiracy theories related to monetary control, the deep state, and the global influence of secret societies. The writer predicts the downfall of the American empire, linking it with monetary systems, secret societies, and Zionism, suggesting it as a transition from the Age of Pisces to the Age of Aquarius.

The majority of Jews cannot read Hebrew, relying on translations which may be manipulated by rabbis and other religious figures. This interpretation of the Torah has led to misunderstandings about its content, including possible references to extraterrestrial beings. The influence of the Khazarian Mafia on religious teachings and international affairs is discussed, with assertions about their aim to establish a one-world government. The impending collapse of the dollar and subsequent exposure of corruption is predicted, with a comparison to the Soviet Union's dissolution. The author encourages individual research and skepticism of widespread information.

The author disputes claims that vaccinated individuals emit Mac addresses due to graphene turning into computers inside them. They clarify that Mac addresses from cemeteries are due to RFID tags on caskets, mandated in some U.S. counties to prevent unmarked graves. They also debunk claims of graphene oxide forming chips in the blood, clarifying that the observed structures are natural processes. The author anticipates revelations about the vaccine's true nature, believes in a global conspiracy linked to the "Khazarian mafia", and concludes by discussing weather changes and their personal plans.

#AmericanEmpire #Zionism #KhazarianMafia #DeepState #MonetarySystems #AgeOfPisces #AgeOfAquarius #SecretSocieties #BrettonWoodsSystem #FederalReserve #ConspiracyTheories #Hebrew #Yiddish #Torah #KhazarianMafia #rabbis #translation #corruption #dollar #SovietUnion #research #misunderstanding #extraterrestrial #one-worldgovernment #vaccination #MacAddresses #RFID #cemetery #caskets #grapheneOxide #bloodStructures #conspiracy #KazareanMafia #globalWarming #revelations

Bad Narradigm - 05-09-2023

Hello humans. Hello humans. 07:52 A.m. On the 9 May damn lot of traffic here. Getting out a little early.

Gotta go and do my giveaway a pint of blood business today, so got a lot of stops and doing regular chores and stuff. So man kind of beat up. Been cutting the brush on the back part of the bluff and did it into some serious levels yesterday. Anyway, so was just contemplating what we've got going here, what we're going to have to go through relative to the death of the American empire. The American empire?

America was never supposed to have an empire, right? So America was not supposed to be 50 states plus Guam, Puerto Rico, connections to all these other countries, et cetera, et cetera. We were to just a bunch of 20 year olds in 1776 that rebelled against the evils of the monarchy, which we saw on display here in this past week with the coronation of Chucky III.

Anyway, so we were supposed to be basically isolationists, right, unto ourselves, not involved in foreign entanglements, all of that business.

Anyway, well, that didn't go so well and here we are now and we got a giant empire that spans the planet. We're fucking around on all these different continents and causing people all kinds of problems at the behest of the Kazarean mafia, right? And they're rabid Zionist supporters. So Zionism is a pretty interesting concept and it's propelling most of the empire part of the US. Right?

So if the United States had not supported it, would there have been a creation of a Jewish state in the Middle East? Never existed before there, right there there were no Jews in the Middle East prior to the installation of Israel. The Jews were always out of the Khazaria. And it was through Zionism, through this concept that Jews a are the chosen people. Sure, I agree with that.

They were chosen by a bunch of space aliens. And any person that translates L or elohim as meaning God is self diluted. Okay? It does not mean God.

There's all kinds of linguistic clues about a bunch of stuff relative to Zionism and how the warping of the translation of the Torah was done deliberately in order to support the Zionist effort. And Zionism means that Jews rule. They're the chosen people because God chose them. Well, it wasn't God, it was the space aliens. And so we're coming up to this crux of this particular issue as we go forward over these next few years.

Now, the crash of the American empire is going to take a few years. As we crash, we're going to shed all kinds of things with the crash of the dollar. We'll, for instance, stop funding the UN. We'll stop funding all these batshit NGOs that are all communist and out trying to foment communist Zionist takeover. Communism is a Zionist plot.

It was created by a Zionist whose name was Karl Marx and Frederick Ingles also he participated.

It's designed. It's not an organic thing. It's not a response to abysmal economic conditions. It was intended to create the controlled opposition to the monarchies such that the Khazarian bankers didn't lose their ability to control the planet anyway. So we'll lose all the NGOs, we're going to lose the UN.

We just won't fund it. And so if we don't fund it, Russia ain't going to fund it. China is not going to put any of their gold or silver towards it. Bear in mind, when the dollar dies, we're not going to have fake money anymore, right? So we live in fake news, fake president, and a fake money, and a fake military and fake gender climate crazies period of time.

And all this is coming to an end. It was the peak of the craziness that results from the Age of PISCES. And we've gone through it. Now we're into the Age of Aquarius now. This is the truly you are now living in the apocalypse, right?

The apocalypse is the revealing, the Great awakening, and you are living in the apocalypse. The apocalypse is not the end of everything. It is just the end of the illusionary paradigm that has been put on you by the Khazarians and maintained for about 5000 years. A little over 5000 actually.

So we're going to have a huge shift of energies, much more so than just a regular age of PISCES into age of aquarius kind of thing, because this has been going on since the previous age before PISCES, which was taurus, and it actually began in the end of the age before that and really just started ramping up in taurus. And then it dominated all through Taurus and dominated all through PISCES. And now we're coming to the end of it. And so we're going to see the end of the Bretton Woods system, which has been in place since the 1940s. We're going to see the end of the Federal Reserve, which is since 1913.

We're going to see the end of the Albert Pike how do I want to say it? Sect within the freemasons. Okay? We're going to see the end of these secret societies. These things may still exist.

They're totally owned by the Jews. They're totally controlled by the Khazarians. They are an outgrowth of Judaism, which is a crafted structure around the story of the space aliens taking over these twelve tribes of Essenes in Yemen and driving them up along the Red Sea to what we now call Judea, okay? And so the end of all of this, the inability to pay for all of this, is going to trigger or flip. So it has been the money in the last hundred years, the fake money, the fiat currency that has no cost to its creation and distribution.

It's been this that has allowed the Khazarians and their piscian efforts to continue these last hundred years. But when this unravels, it's going to unravel stuff going way back, okay? Because like I say, it's going to expose it'll, expose the deep state. It is exposing the deep state. We are exposing the Khazari and mafia.

All these things are coming out into the open now, but we're going to go even further. So the fake money that costs you nothing to create allows you to go on out and bribe people because you can give somebody $100,000 and keep their mouth shut about something because it cost you nothing. You get that stuff from your buddies at the Central Bank. So of course you can have Seth Rich killed and then pay to keep it quiet, right? You can even pay to kill the people that killed him and to have those people killed.

So it just doesn't matter to you because you have no cost of producing the money and the people are taking it are idiots, and they take it and assume that they can buy stuff with it and so on, which has been the case up until now. And it's all breaking down. So all the bribery and all of this stuff is going to break down. And so, as I was saying, we won't see the Russians or the Chinese trying to pay for the UN. It is not in their interest to do so.

The UN is strictly a Zionist structure to try and take over and maneuver the whole world into their one world government, into the vision seen not only by Albert Pike, but by all of the Chadish and the Chabats and all of these other organizations within the Khazarian mafia rapper, which is the Jewish community. So the Khazarian mafia is truly a mafia. They kill, murder, rape children, slice them open, drink their blood, boil their fats down into adrenochrome, all these kinds of disgusting things, and they wrap themselves up with the Jewish community. And they've got parts of the Jewish community intensely arguing about details in this fake story. So now basically understand that less than 1% of all the people claiming to be Jews have any DNA, any genetic connection to the people in the Bible.

That's less than 1%. The 99% of people that are Jewish don't read Hebrew, okay? They read Yiddish, which is German, or a Teutonic variant of German that was translated into the Hebrew alphabet. But because they don't read Hebrew, they're at the mercy of all of the rabbis, the rabbi, the Rebee, and all of these other guys who are going to tell them that el means God and elohim means the multiplicitous faces of God, okay? So neither of those things are true.

They're going to tell you that rauch means the Holy Spirit, and it does not. It's a translation of a German word, rauchin, meaning smoking or flaming. And so rauch means that thing that smokes and flames, shoots flames out of its ass in order to fly.

So the translation of the Torah to the Jews themselves is flawed and it is deliberately so in order that the Khazarian Mafia's rabbinical structure the schools. Bear in mind, the rabbis are the judges, they're the enforcers, they're the social organizers. They are not pastors and concerned about your spiritual growth. Right? In fact, most of the Talmud, which they take as their source material, very few of them actually ever go back to the Torah because they can read Hebrew and they see what it says, that so and so had to hide behind a rock because the flames coming out the ass of the rock were going to fry his ass.

And this is why Moses had half of his face irradiated and came down from the mountain with half of his face with a burn on it because he was watching the rauk take off and he got irradiated. And so they can read this in the Torah. And so they have to work actively to deceive the Jewish population and not tell them, hey, this book isn't about God, it's about space aliens. But in any event, they do so because it keeps their power and because they support the Khazarians and because there is a hardcore group within the Jewish community that we usually see as the militants, the Chabats, they organize the Ergoon, all of these militant, violent sects within Judaism and it supports the efforts of the Khazarian mafia that this should be so. Now, the Khazarian Mafia is quite happy.

I mean, under the circumstance, they wouldn't be happy, but they would be very willing to just shed all of the Jews as they did in Germany, just kill masses, amount of them, because they're not part of the Khazarian Mafia. They are a sacrificial cloak that's intended to be destroyed when shit gets too bad for what the Kazar, you know, in retribution for what the Khazarian Mafia is doing. Anyway, so like I say, all this stuff's coming out, the breakdown of the Central bank is going to expose all of this. We'll get into all of the as the normies, get further and further into the description of what's been going on with them. They'll start getting into the Albert Albert Pike stuff.

They'll start getting into the Levy, the Zevi and the other Jewish Messiahs. There have been like 50 or 60 of them so far. But some of these guys going back into the 13 and 14 and 16 hundreds with the Zebites are truly evil people, right? So the Zebites had this whole idea that they could ascend to God through sin. And so this is where we get our big impetus for all of the Satan worship shit, is that they codified it.

He had a big following at one point, I think Zebites numbered almost half of all those people that considered themselves Jews.

So so we're at this interesting confluence of of energy, circumstances, events and time, and it's all coming out, going to unravel over these next few months. This, I think, is going to be. And then the next few years beyond that, the next few years beyond that, this is going to be just a great time to be alive in America. We're going to go through what the Soviet Union went through in terms of its bust up. I don't believe that the United States is going to bust up on the North American continent, but I do believe we'll shed because we won't be able to afford it, foreign entanglements that have been draining our treasury for fucking years.

So we won't have to pay for US aid anymore, right? This is a communist organization that tries to subvert the governments of South America and create chaos such that the Khazarians can get more power. All of these things are intended to give the Khazarians more power and to lead towards a one world government, right? And the hell of it is that the radical extremist Jewish communities like Shabbat, they say that every Jew is supposed to get 2800 slaves. Most of the nations of the planet will be destroyed.

They'll be exterminated. Only 70 of these nations will survive, and the Jews will rule them all. And we're right there at this point. This is when they expect to take over and have all this stuff happen. That's why the agenda 2030 and so on.

Now, bear in mind, the Khazarians feed this shit out through the rabbinical organizations into these communities to deliberately make them into the extremists such that they will have the behavior that the Khazarians want. So you can't take any of this shit on face value. But in the process of going into the apocalypse here, more and more revealing, all of this stuff should, to a certain extent, become more apparent, more open, more clear to the casually circumstantially, educated individual. So that would be the normie. So as a normie learns a little bit of this, a little bit of that.

His eyes open to a little bit of corruption here. He can see a little bit of it over there. He sees things happening in reality that don't meet the descriptions provided by the fake media and the Ghazari mafia. And so it all starts unraveling. And then, as I say, we get into this point where the dollar collapses and then everything is revealed.

And so as the dollar system degrades, it is a drip, drip, drip, drip, drip business in terms of each and every one of the little drips. Erodes a little bit, makes it smoother for the next bit. And then sooner or later, the collapse of the dollar brings out a flood of all of the corruption and everything, because all of a sudden, everybody doesn't get bribed anymore, right? And then this causes all kinds of different things to occur. And you have a breakup very akin to what the Soviet Union went through.

Now, in our breakup, I suspect that we will have some similar effects. And I suspect some of the effects that will be most visible will be the abandonment of their positions by government workers because there won't be work and there won't be meaningful pay for that non work. But they'll abandon their positions and in so doing there won't be anybody in place to cover shit up anymore. And so we'll lose big chunks of government, but we don't need those chunks of government. These people are going to have to be reeducated and figure out something productive to do.

But we're in a war. There will be war activities to be involved in. There will be the health care activities for all the casualties of that war, which includes all the people that have taken the vaccine and all of this sort of thing, right? And so we get to this situation now and stuff becomes revealed. Now in this revealing just as an aside, we have to have some really sharp understanding and do our own fucking research.

So you'll see, people out there, they're well meaning, I believe. Most of them I do not think are deliberate disinfo agents. But there's a lot of people that have this idea that there are Mac addresses, right? Machine access code addresses that are showing up under the people that have been faxed. And this is bogus, okay?

They say that this is true and they can prove it because they go to a cemetery and all of the there's Mac addresses like mad popping up from the cemetery. And so they say, well look, all these people that are dead here have been vaccinated and the graphene has formed into a computer inside them. Never mind that they're dead now. And the embalming process strips out all the blood, et cetera, et cetera. But nonetheless, they maintain that people are just shoved into graves and they are emitting Mac addresses.

And it's like people you've got to understand you need to do research. And so if you go research, you will see that since 2010 there have been counties in the US. And it's becoming more and more nationwide. But there are counties in the US. That demand that all caskets that be put into the ground have an RFID tag, okay?

The point being that they don't want to lose graves and have graves become unmarked graves with unknown individuals in them. So every casket has to be RFID tagged. Those are the Mac addresses that are coming up out of the ground in cemeteries. That has nothing to do with the shots. This explains why you can get on an airplane full of axed people and not pick up Mac addresses from everybody, okay?

This is why you go into the grocery store and not pick up Mac addresses from people that have been vaccinated, okay? And so now also there's people out there that do not know what they're looking at within blood plasma. And so they can get at microscopes and they can get powerful microscopes and they look at stuff, but they don't understand what they're looking at and so they make some wrong conclusions. So people will see the formation of what look to be sharp edged structures within blood and they will say that this is graphene oxide forming into chips inside the blood and it is not. Okay?

These are proteins that are forming up in the presence of oxygen. These are salts that are forming up in the presence of oxygen and having been released from the pressure of the blood. So these are natural processes of the blood basically drying out, some of which are mistaken for the graphene oxide and for chip formation and all this kind of stuff. All right? So near as I can tell, that is not happening.

There's no physical evidence of that in the alive people, right? There is plenty of physical evidence using thermal imaging cameras and this kind of thing that the shots give you vast quantities of blood clots and that nothing in that shot was intended to help you. Okay? That's going to come out pretty soon. That'll be another part of this great the apocalypse, the great revealing.

I actually expect that by June, because of the collapse of the ability to bribe people and the collapse of the purchasing power of the money going even further, the banks collapsing, et cetera, et cetera, that total degradation of all of the financial shit. I expect that by the time we get into June you will start hearing even coming into some mainstream media because they'll have to defend against it. The idea that it was never a vaccine, it was always intended to be a debilitating shot, it had nothing in it that was ever going to help with COVID et cetera, et cetera, right? So it will come out that this was not a response to a disease. It was not a response to a disease that was created through gain of function in a laboratory.

This was a response that was designed to depopulate deliberately with no attempt to have any good stuff in it at all. That's why they didn't put anything on the cautions. If you looked at those papers in the inserts, you saw they were blank, huge giant sheets of blank paper shoved into the backs box. So anyway, so all this stuff's going to be coming out. It's going to be an entirely different planet as we go forward here.

Different humanity, same planet. And we're going to lose a lot of this stuff. So this really actually is a cool time. I'm enjoying watching the anxiety, the angst, the fear of all of those people that are involved with the Kazarean mafia, including a lot of those people that don't know they're stooges of the Kazarean mafia. They're also freaking out because the Naradigm is coming unglued and they can't exist without it.

Their minds have been completely controlled. So we've got real problems, right? So if 30% of the people here in the United States is what they're saying agree that they're one of these letter people. LBGQ, D-E-R-S whatever the fucks. Right.

If 30% agree, and it only used to be no more than 2% of the population. And so now we've got an additional 28% of the people that need to have their need to go through a mind rebuilding process because they truly need to be educated, because they've been schooled to the point where they're insane anyway. So this is what we're dealing with. The unraveling of all of this process is accelerating. We're here in May.

I expect that we'll get to the point where in June it becomes the initial stages of the flood, and we'll just start seeing more and more. Every day you get up, it's going to be more revelations about new information, about the corruption that has run. Everything got to stop here. And then I'm going to go and get tapped out.

What else?

That's it. I'll try and get around to some other stuff. There's all kinds of individual, little brief bits of stuff I wanted to cover, but I'll get to another one of those as we get further into the day. Looks like it's going to be warm here.

It's been really cold, but we're starting to get into it. So global warming has been a bitch. We've had winter up until just like yesterday or a day before yesterday, legitimately. Okay, guys, got to go. Take care.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

🔥🔥🔥THE END GAME;LAST ROUND With Clif High Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude – 03-18-2023

🔥🔥🔥THE END GAME;LAST ROUND With Clif High Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude - 03-18-2023

🔥🔥🔥THE END GAME;LAST ROUND With Clif High Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude - 03-18-2023

I'm John Claude Ebion Mystic, and welcome to this Saturday special report. This is another episode in the bank run and banking failure series. With me today? Of course. Is Mr.

Rafi farber? You can find him on his patreon here at Endgame Investor and also here on Seeking Alpha, as well as on his YouTube channel at Rafi Farbert. Rafi, welcome back to the show. How are you? Thanks for having me, John Claude.

I am good. Glad to be back into the world after my Sabbath. Thank you for being here. I really appreciate your time. And folks, as the poster says, also let's welcome the amazing Cliff High for this in game last round episode here today.

You can find Cliff, of course, on his Bitchute channel here at bitchute. Comcliffe. And you can find all of his work also here on the substat at cliffhigh. Cliff, welcome back to the show. How are you today?

Doing fine. Cold. Cold indeed. And, oh my God, it's about to get really hot. Is it climate change denial to say that it's cold?

Can we say that? Are we laughing? No, that's climate denying. They cut the change word right out of there and they just go right to it. Climate.

Exactly. Okay, folks, just for the rules here for today, as always with this banking run series, we're going to do the first five or ten minutes here on YouTube to kind of set the stage and also abide very politely to all of these rules here on YouTube. And then we're going to switch directly into our Rumble feed. Let me bring the link for you, the audience, here to the Rumble program where we're going to have this noble barred conversation. So the link is now in the live chat.

Cliff, in your last substance, let me start with you here. You were talking about this banking ugly, and you also produced this last video on Bitchute called Mass. We seem to be entering a very different period of time here where we're jumping in from that top timeline there since the bad things that happen in the mid century here with one of our presidents to the creation of this self organizing collective. Can you, for the sake of the audience members here, explain the worst scenario we find ourselves in and how, as you're pointing out to here on the screen, we're about to switch into a very unscripted part of this self organizing collective. Can you set that up for the audience, please, Cliff?

Not easily, not quickly. That's the real problem. This stuff is complicated. There's a lot of moving parts and each of the parts are complex. But here's the deal, right?

We're at the end of the global fiat currency system that was built on top of the activities in 1913. So most of the central banks did not exist prior to the Federal Reserve coming into existence. They are all leveraged off of the point of that pyramid. And it's wobbly. And so the conditions of the failure of the fiat currency engender war.

Thus we have wars all over, right, because people are anxious, their money's gone, there's no wealth. Someone's stealing everything by way of debt on their instrument of currency. And so at the end of time, when there's only debt left into the currency and no purchasing power, then things get real ugly. And we're just getting into the peak of the big ugly, which my data had shown would take off from March and Arc through to an emotional peak. Not an activity peak, not an economic peak, but an emotional peak that will strike us sometime.

June ish okay, maybe the middle of June or so, right? And it's going to get really ugly from May onward. Well, it's getting ugly starting today, but okay, very good. And of course, we're seeing I'll bring up the videos here, the writers in France. We're not hearing much of that in mainstream news, but of course, you're protesting the pension reforms, the austerity there, and the fact that we're at this endgame and there's no more money left here and the social order is broken.

Rafi, you've been doing amazing reports here on your Rafi Farber on YouTube, as well as your collaboration with Arcadia Economics. I point out those videos here to the audience members as best I can. You're doing amazing work. Can you set the stage also from your perspective of what's happening here, not just with the banking system, but as I just discussed here, the fact that the social order is breaking and we're now seeing this eruption of violence around the world. How do you think moving forward here in the next couple of days and weeks, all of that is going to unfold?

Rafi, it days and weeks. I don't know what's going to happen in the next days and weeks. I try not to make short term predictions on that time scale because anything could happen in the next days and weeks. I just know what's going to happen in the end game. That is going to be the collapse of the dollar entirely.

And people think that it's scary and maybe there's going to be some social disjointedness and rioting, et cetera. But I try not to think of that and I try to stay positive and think of the positive aspects of it, really in a financial collapse like this, where the bottom of the pyramid on which everything is based is gold and silver, because that's how the dollar started. That's how the whole current the current currency system started, like Bretton Woods was based on a gold resumability. And the skeleton that we have now is just the structure of Bretton Woods without the content of it. So what happens at the end is that hopefully actual things don't get destroyed, at least not in huge quantities.

You could argue that there's going to be nuclear war, and I'm not going to say that there is. I don't want to even think about that. But assuming most of the stuff that was produced in the boom, in the false bubble boom exists at the end of it, then all you have is a shift of purchasing power from people who hold fake money to people who hold the real money. So all the purchasing power will be in the hands of the people who own gold and silver. And that's what I want to look forward to.

Because the people that are smart enough to realize that gold and silver are money and understand that and hold through all the crazy ups and downs and still understand the reality of what we're in. Those are the people that I want to have the most money and the most power. Because they are the ones that are the sanest people and understand how society functions. And that economics is a study of scarcity and choice, and you can't just print things into existence. So I'm hoping that the world is better things into existence.

Rafi of course, here at the LME, people are left with holding bags of rocks here as opposed to the actual metal. This just broke it the other day. We did look at the LME earlier this year, and there's scandal there. Cliff as Rafi is saying here, we're getting into this period of time where people are going to get a very quick education as to what is the fiat currency versus real sound money. You're projecting here that there is going to be perhaps two or three resets here offered to the population as we go through the systemic collapse of the old systems into the new.

Of course, we have Pluto the Destroyer that comes into alignment here March 23. So it seems to be all timing also with the astrological bodies. Talk about that evolution here. We're about to live in this new money system and this new world and this new Sci-Fi world we're going into. And then after that segment, we'll move right into the rumble fee.

Go ahead, Cliff. Okay, real quick, rafi is correct, but let's make the distinction between the dollar and the Fern, okay? The Federal Reserve note, because rafi everybody, including myself, I say dollar, but I'm really referring to the Fern. It's not a treasury issued dollar, but he's 100% correct. Everything is balanced on the tip of gold, and the whole pyramid is going to fall over.

In my opinion. We cannot avoid the social unrest and discord because of the emotionality that is attached to the fiat currency that must be shed along with the debt of the currency itself. So people that as he's saying, he wants the sound money people to have money at the end of this, and I'm quite confident that they shall because they have gold and silver. Okay? However, you're going to have a whole lot of people that don't have sound money, and they're going to have a whole lot of venting to do as a result of what little purchasing power was in their hands, totally being stolen from them in real time by its evaporation, with the system itself collapsing.

And it is that system that is built on top of the original sound money that subsume the sound money with credit, with illusion and everything that must be shed. We all, as humanity, have 140 last count central banks that are participating in this illusion. There will be, in my opinion, a level of Angst and histrionics storm undrung that we're getting into this now that has never before been witnessed. If you are lucky enough, like my expat friends, to be living in Russia, then you will be relatively isolated from a lot of the anxiety that's going to be coming along, right? Because here's something that people are missing.

All of this is going to funnel over a very short period of time from the western liberal republics to the Chinese banking system, which is owed vast quantities of money and has all these credit swaps and stuff going in fiat currency with the western liberal republics. They're going to catch currency COVID, so to speak, as our banking system goes down. The ripples cannot be underestimated, in my opinion. So right now, the Chinese are calling themselves the land of empty containers, okay? The slang term for China, that's how they're referring it to it now.

But in the banking system, there's another term that is gaining ground in China, and that's the land of the empty vault. And that's been showing up in the last three weeks in my scanning of their verbiage right, of their conversations. So we're getting very close. This is why I'm able to predict this kind of stuff, because language precedes activity, usually in all cases before a human becomes histrionic, they say something that will give you an indication that there's going to be this emotional outburst. I don't care if it's one on one or on Moss.

And so I've been following the big mass of it all, and we're right there now. And folks, I invite you to go check out the mass video cliff just produced here on March 13. You can find that on his bitchute. Guys, we're about to switch over now to the Rumble feed. So thank you so much for watching here on the YouTube channel.

Let me bring the Rumble link back in the live link for you guys here now. And please do come over to Rumble as we detach here from the YouTube feed now remove. Okay, so we're running now live only on Rumble, folks. Thank you so much, everyone, for joining us here on Rumble. Appreciate the live chat and the comments.

Please remember to follow here as we're producing more and more of this content here that is just simply not allowed on other platforms for now. And we do really much appreciate all of your support and following us here, of course, if you don't want to miss a beat. Rafi, what started last year last year, last week seems like a year ago already with all the news cycles. And yes, everything is going wild and crazy, but what started with this Silicon Valley Bank now has erupted into a kinsey Swiss problem. You mentioned that in your last report here with Arcadia Economics.

Can you bring that to the attention of the viewers here and explain also why we're seeing some other bank activities now starting to extricate themselves from their dealings with the Credit Suisse and how that protends? Perhaps the same type of fallout, maybe on a bigger scale that we saw in 2008. Go ahead, Rafi. Are you talking about Credit Suisse? Yes.

Well, first, quickly to respond to something that Cliff Said talks about histrionics. Histrionics comes from the root of a history or a womb. So a uterus. In the same way, we're all kind of being reborn and it's going to be a rough second birth or third birth or whatever birth you want to call this. But yeah, we're in labor now.

It's going to be rough about Credit Suisse. Okay, so we start with Silicon Valley Bank. And what was happening there was they had a bunch of bonds in their balance sheet, which there's a narrative that I don't want to say the word narrative. I hate the word narrative. There's an opinion that Silicon Valley Bank just made mistakes or they have a woke board, which they do, and they're stupid because they're woke and they just made bad decisions.

And I'm not excusing their wokeness, but I'm saying when you're stuck in a fractional reserve fiat system like this, the ones that are going to get screwed over first are the ones on the margin, which was Silicon Valley. Bank, which specialized in extremely low interest rate loaning to these crazy tech companies that had imaginary cash flows out in the 2030 years from now. Whatever it was. So they need the lowest interest rate, so they collapse. Also, they loan to all the fake meat companies, all the plants that can't sell their products.

Yeah, obviously wokeness had a role here, but it was inevitable. And yeah, the people on the margin, the dumbest banks are going to be the ones first, but it's going to filter into the core, and we're seeing it in Credit Suisse. And what's important about Credit Suisse is that this term is thrown around like counterparty risk. I know what that is, but it's like a code that we're supposed to understand exactly what that means. It means that Credit Suisse holds like $500 billion.

I may get the number wrong, I didn't check, but it's in the hundreds of billions of dollars worth of derivatives that they are the counterparty to. When somebody, let's say a bullion bank or some other hedger wants to hedge wheat prices or gold prices or whatever it is they're doing, and they open up a short position or even a long position. The other side of that is usually a systemically important bank like Credit Suisse. And so if somebody's hedging a futures position, hedging a physical position with futures or even a bullion bank who's hedging gold and shorting gold and staying long in London or whatever they're doing, the counterparty is a bank like Credit Suisse. So if Credit Suisse goes down and somebody has a futures position being hedged in some kind of exchange somewhere, and all of a sudden the Credit Suisse goes down, then his position gets screwed over, and he can't get his counterparty to pay up if he wins the bet.

So then you have the entire futures market of every commodity, including gold and silver and consumables just closing positions and open interests falling and falling and falling. And then you have a short squeeze in every single commodity in every single futures market on the planet at the same time. That's what happens if An Sib falls over, because they're the ones who own the other side of the derivative positions. So they cannot let Credit Suisse go down. They have to keep inflating.

Or if they don't inflate, then all the commodities markets and the futures markets close their positions, and then you're down to just the physical supply, and then you have hyperinflation that way. Either way, you're looking at the same thing. And what's interesting here with Criti Swiss, a lot of analysts were saying that they were running this long bond lawn stock, short gold trade here for a number of years, and they might be at the point now where they have to pivot that particular trade. Now, what's interesting this week, Saudi Arabia announced that they were pulling their support from critic Suisse. Cliff, how does that tie into the death of the world currency?

The fact that the Saudis last year made an agreement with Russia, effectively supplanting the deal that Nixon and Kissinger had made for the petrol dollar in 71. How do you see that into the timeline here of the death of the petrol dollar? The fact that the people are moving away from the petrol dollar with the BRICS nation and how that is leading to what you have termed here American Revolution 2.0? Go ahead. Well, a couple of things.

We know that Yellen is concerned exactly about the same point that Rafi is bringing up, okay? Because in her talk in front of Congress, some things leaked out. One of the things that leaked out was and she never confirmed it, but she didn't deny it because she couldn't, because she had just said it, in essence, was that if you are a depositor in one of their preferred banks, then you will be made whole. But if you're not, you won't. And so this is causing some consternation among all the locals, all the let me just interrupt you there, Cliff, just for a second.

Yes, guys, that's the press release. Cliff is talking about. You can find that on the Federal Reserve dot gov website here. They're talking about eligible depository institution, meaning some are not eligible. So, Cliff, keep going.

Yeah. So we know that this is the case. We know that they want to crush the locals and the communities in order that at some point in the future, they may attempt to drive us into the central bank digital currency. Their first go round. The first rollout of this is scheduled for July with this thing called Fed now Payment, which they've modeled curiously on, software wise, on PayPal, oddly enough.

Okay, but here's the thing. The contagion aspect of this is very real. We're seeing that now. People are freaking out now about this word that was deliberately let loose by yellen about not being safe in these small and other banks. So they want to cause this reaction.

They never do this stuff accidentally or any of that. So this was a designed reaction and it's led to all kinds of purchases of precious metals, starting with the day of that speech, as people get out of the local and other banks, but not necessarily move into what would be thought of as one of the big five bullion banks, et cetera. Right, yeah, I'm just talking to some metal people and they're working their asses off here real quick on this.

The death of fiat currency always causes social unrest and social disruption because it is a wealth transfer. All right? So as Rafi is saying, those people that were smart enough to buy precious metals, and I disagree with them, also smart enough to buy Bitcoin. I like bitcoin's. Utility of international settlements and instant wire transfers and still retaining value.

But those people that have those are going to be able to or they're going to be the top of the heap as the heap rolls over, so to speak, right? Because we're down at the bottom of that pyramid, it's going to go flop, flop, and we'll be up on the top of the pyramid in terms of the purchasing power and so on. But that leaves a lot of the pyramid in this particular time uncovered in a way that's never been seen before. So let me just sketch to you real quickly here that there were at least 30 circulating currencies in pre revolutionary North America. We had French currencies.

In fact, a lot of our United States coinage was modified French coins. But the point being that we used to be a multi currency, but almost all of those currencies related to gold or silver, where it had some element of it in there. When the financial system that was the colonies at that time collapsed with the revolution against the British, they didn't ship goods over anymore. It's going to be very akin then to what's happening now. So we're not getting anything from China.

As our money crashes, more ships that are out in the Pacific will turn around. I kid you not. They'll turn around. The Chinese will just keep the money and keep the goods because there's no point in delivering them. We're getting to that level of disruption.

We are at the same level that they had in the colonies at that time. And that is that we've got to become self sufficient and we've got to do it really quick because we have no other option. So in a way, this is brutal to say it because we're going to go through a brutally ugly time, but I'm one of those guys that if I'm going to get in a fight, I'm in it all the way, right? There is victory or death. Nothing short of that, right?

If I'm going to get wounded, I will take my pain now. So when I was a kid, I'll just tell you this real quick. I accidentally burned the bottom of my foot on a wood stove, right? I was asleep. I fell over.

It hit the metal third degree burn on the bottom of my foot for about six or 8 hours. I tried to eliminate the pain by going outside and putting the foot in the snow. And it kept me up all night and it did. But as soon as you take out of that snow, it start hurting again, right? So I learned my lesson then.

I take my pain now. I eat it all now. That's what the US. Is going to have to do. We're going to have to learn to be tough, get tough and take our pain now because we're at that point.

So in my opinion, we're going through something that will be far greater than the greatest depression ever to hit this planet in modern history, and it will totally disrupt the society that we have now. And when we come out on the other side, I expect a few years from now that we will not have perhaps 90% of the federal government that exists right now in my country, right? And that my country will not be at risk of being seized by an international cartel to go and bomb some other bastard in some other bastards country, right? Okay. So it's my people that have always died.

I'm a military guy, right? Military brat. And we are the ones that have always died for these assholes that have international, globalists, that have set us fighting the Vietnamese, the Koreans, et cetera, et cetera. And so I am looking forward to this, taking my pain now that that should not occur again. Well, okay, thank you so much for that, Cliff.

Guys, please rewind and listen to that again. And speaking of burning your feet, Cliff, at my dojo, we were doing these firewalk seminars. And I know the feeling you're having to put your feet in cold snow after this. It really helps. Ralphie, let me go back to you here on the terms of the haircut.

We're about to live here now, David Morgan was reporting this. This is a video that came out in December. We also did a decode on this suggesting that the banks knew here in the FDIC, the bank of International Settlements knew that the depositors would in fact be getting a haircut here in the very near future. And in this roundtable discussion, they were suggesting, debating, because their role is to protect the deposits and protect the depositors, but at the same time, letting them know that there was a problem at the bank and that they could suffer a haircut could, in fact, create a stronger and more rapid bank run. It seems that we're in that process now.

But speak to that. First of all, Rafi, this haircut, how you see this, perhaps transpiring, and also share with the audience members your understanding of how the silver stackers right now are going to be. The people who are going to reboot here in terms of the division of labor. Set that up for the audience members so they understand how important the role is. It's not just taking your money out of harm's way and moving it on the sideline to have dry powder to step into this new world, but also their role in rebooting here, the division of labor.

Go ahead, Rafi. Yeah, so about that video. I did see it. I don't think there's going to be a haircut nominally, I don't think, like, let's say somebody has $100,000 in his bank account. He's going to have to take a haircut of 25% and wake up tomorrow with seeing the number 75,000.

That's too obvious. It's too obvious of a theft, and it will result in a global bank run. Everyone will take all money they can out of the banking system and put it into anything else, not trusting. And the only way they could stop that is with laws. And laws won't stop it.

It'll just delay it until somebody finds a workaround with a whole bunch of money laundering fees involved.

There's going to be no nominal haircut. I seriously doubt it. But there will be a hyperinflationary haircut, meaning the $100,000 that you own today in your account could be worth $10,000 in purchasing power a week from now. I'm not saying in a week that's going to happen, but I'm saying theoretically, it's possible. And at some point that's going to happen.

Well, essentially, just to back you up here, the Fed basically announced that they're covering 100% of deposits here in terms of eligible deposits. So they're going way past the 250,000 FDIC limit. This would be the set up for that hyperinflationary event you're talking about. Yeah, because if they didn't do that, then there'd be a bank run, and then it would be the end of the monetary system anyway. They're being cornered.

I mean, they try to go one direction or another but they have increasingly less wiggle room and they have to keep going towards that hyperinflationary singularity in terms of silver stackers and the responsibility of silver stackers for the world. Meaning that the only way a division of labor works and the only reason that we're fed and that I can wake up tomorrow and then go to supermarket and know that I can buy my food and know that I can survive the day is because of a vision of labor. And the only way a division of labor works is because money retains value where people know how much they have to spend and how much they have to work in order to maintain whatever standard of living they want to maintain. If you can't calculate that, then you have no idea what you're supposed to be doing the next day, and you have no idea how much you have to how much you have to earn or how much you have to spend. You can't calculate, so you can't do anything.

So then you have no division of labor, and then you stop doing things. Then if everybody does that, then everybody starves to death. So that's not going to work. So how do you save that? Well, you're going to need some kind of divisible money.

And since all currencies and the entire monetary system is still based on gold and silver now, then they're going to have to go back to physical gold and silver in the initial stages of an explosion, of a monetary explosion. So the stackers will be responsible for maintaining the essentials of a division of labor. They're not going to be responsible for saving, like some gender studies professor in Berkeley who's talking about how men and women don't exist. I mean, he's got no place in division of labor anymore because nobody wants what he does or what he says. And most of academia is going to go down to nothing.

And most of all, the excess fat and all the systems that we have in the global economy, they're going to go away. But people who grow food, people are going to want to pay them stuff.

So you're going to be able to pay somebody to grow food for you, which I'm pretty sure everyone's going to want. So that's what the silver stackers will do, they will be responsible for. We just flushed the toilet of all the fiat garbage, so now it's empty. We got to fill it up with something. So we filled the plumbing system with silver, make it stable.

That's the job of the silver stackers, to literally save what is left of the division of labor, the essential parts of it, so people can survive. Very good. Thank you for that rafi. Now, Cliff, you're not in your head there too. I want to go back to this fed now and the fact that in your web auditor reports, I believe they were starting in 2016 or 17, you were talking about these two or three resets.

And for the audience members are watching the show right now. They're like, okay, what the hell do I do? I know I can't leave my money in the bank, but where do I go? Do I go with the Cbdc? Do I go with the decentralized coin?

Do I go with cash under my mattress for a period of time? Is it all of the above? And why, Cliff? How do we navigate all of this here, moving forward? Okay, so it is all of the above.

You want to be diversified because things are uncertain. So we're coming to a period of maximum uncertainty. In periods of maximum uncertainty, you want to spread your options as wide as you possibly can and be prepared to follow those that may pan out for you, right? But that means that maybe you're just going to have to let some other stuff go away. So maybe you would put a little bit of money in a bank, get a little bit of silver, buy a little bit of food, buy a little bit of seeds, and in the end of it all, maybe the bank will go away.

But you'll have the silver, the food and the seeds, right? That kind of thing. You're going to have to spread it and risk it. All right? So here's the thing, though.

Here's what we have to understand. So Rafi brought up obliquely. The Cultural Revolution. So in my data sets, and I never went into this because I didn't want to explore it back in the time of 2012 and on, I only obliquely mentioned it in there, a Cultural Revolution comes to the United States. I was afraid that the Cultural Revolution would end up being like Mao's Cultural Revolution.

And indeed it was. It is now we're living through Mao's Cultural Revolution, pushed onto the United States in the form of Wokonianism, the trans stuff and climate change, okay? Because Mao's revolution was based on making China ill, young versus old intergenerational separation. And he wanted to do away with the old, and he weaponized it through Munchausen's by proxy, just as we're going through. This is pertinent because in the data sets, it showed, just as Raffi had used by illustration, professors, that no longer had any occupation, that they were just cast out.

Now, I thought at the time, 2012, not seeing the infiltration and all of that, at that time, I thought that those data sets were referring to something like Mao's Revolution, when professor friends of mine, after they survived the coal mines and this kind of thing in Mao's Revolution told me about what it was like. And they were just a professor one day, and then the students came in, and then the next day they were working at a coal mine. Right? And so I thought we were going to get into that. But I think now that it's the other way, that it'll be the gender studies and Rafi is coming to the point of practicality.

All of the impractical nonsensical crap is going to be thrown out in our cultural revolution now in order that we may survive and as he said, grow food and stuff. And within the data sets, you'll notice a lot of data about how the United States cleans up its act. All of North America cleans up its act as far as pollution and stuff. And over these next 30 or 40 years becomes the center of high quality organic farming and food and stuff such that we used to see, like in Holland. And so this is in our future now.

Rothy is quite correct, and it's very gratifying for me that it's going to be all the gender studies people that are going to go have to work in a coal mine because they can't do anything else. Right. Anyway, though. But also I want to point out something else. We use the word hyperinflation, okay?

We have not seen hyperinflation. Hyperinflation has a very specific definition that involves human activity. So we have very nasty inflation. There's no question anything over 2%, even annually is very nasty. And I would argue that 2% is terrible.

But we're in the eight, nine and 10% kind of stuff now. This is very nasty inflation that's destroying us, destroying the social order, destroying our cohesiveness and stuff. But it is not hyperinflation. Hyperinflation occurs when the dynamic of people's emotions become involved in the moment. So in Germany in 1923, in Armenia, in any of these hyperinflationary episodes, you get hyperinflation when the people lose the trust 100% of the currency and spend it as fast as they can and in fact are planning on spending the next bit they get long before they get it.

And so all of a sudden and it is all of a sudden just like that, and all of a sudden the printing presses cannot keep up with the emotionality that's being expressed through the activity of moving the currency through the system. That is hyperinflation. That is scary stuff, okay? My relatives that lived through it in the 1920s in Germany wrote diaries that I read, and they were just shocked about how terrible it was, right. I won't go into any of the details there, but I want to tell you that hyperinflation is not yet here, but it may be very close, okay?

In Germany, hyperinflation was triggered by a number of moves, political moves by the then limping government over the course of just nine days, okay? So just a little over a week, they did these three little items in the German law structure and everything, and it freaked everybody out, and they started a hyperinflationary run. So now today I am feeling that hyperinflationary pressure start to build in myself against the currency, as I know that everybody else is also reacting to the bank problems. But today we got our first political kick towards hyperinflation where Trump announced that they're going to arrest him on the 21st. Okay?

So this is going to cause a whole lot of things to occur. I believe it'll cause a national strike to occur in the United States. I believe we'll have a trucker strike the way that they had in Canada and not deliver goods. So that will cause this anxiety that will transfer the emotion into this. And in fact, I believe it's already happened because I've talked to some people that said this morning when they woke up and they saw that, they decided to drain their bank account.

Okay, so just a regular guy, and this was a guy I know that's got a business here, and he's got payroll, he's got people he's got to, and it's a local bank. He knows about yelling. And he said that was it. This is the last straw. He says if they arrest Trump, that's it.

And he said that today he's going to go and today is Saturday, but he's going to go talk to his buddy who happens to work at the bank and make arrangements to drain his bank account over this weekend and get ready for Monday, such as he can take all of his money out. Right. I don't know how much he's got, but it's going to be a big hit on that bank because he's got maybe 25 people that work for him, and he's really worried about being able to provide for them and his family and so on. And it was not until he saw the political move that he reacted emotionally. He was sort of content, grumble and bitch and moan about the dollar not going anywhere and so on, but he was content up until today to leave his money in that bank.

So at this point, he said it's cash and medals only for him. Wow. Fascinating. And folks, yes, go check out the Twitter for Cliff and myself here. We did post quite a few of these articles here talking about this imminent, perhaps indictment.

And also go check out Jason Forrest video on his prophetic dream of the Trump arrest. Rafi, as we're looking at this, Cliff is adding the component here of the social order breaking down here from a reality of not just the imminent Trump arrest, but all of the big ugly that has been coming out. So we just saw last week the January 6 footage, and that also shocked a big portion of the normies into realizing maybe once for the first time that, hey, somebody's lying to us here and they're lying to us big. This was the last thing we were holding on to here. Orange man, bad.

And here we're being shown that perhaps it didn't play out exactly as we thought. How do you tie that into what we're about to see? And what would you recommend your viewers there at Seeking Alpha, at Endgame's Investor? How do we navigate all of this, the political front and the crumbling of the banking system? Rafi, how do you navigate the political front?

I forget about any faith in the political system. Voting is a sham. It's been for a very long time. It used to mean something, but doesn't mean anything anymore. So instead of relying on politics for saving anything, make local connections with your community.

Find who's going to grow your food. Find who's going to machine your tools or whatever you need. Find who can work with wood, who can help provide your basic needs. And start finding the people close to you and build a local network community economy, so that when the currency does fall, you can start trading amongst yourselves. It just means making friends and staying in contact and knowing where each other, where everyone is.

So in terms of the political order, it's breaking down in the US. If they indict Trump, wow, that's straight up third world country, banana public, South American, scary stuff. And share also with the audience what's happening in your home world. Yeah, well, a similar thing is happening in Israel, and it's more of a local concern here that there's there's a fight going on now between the Supreme Court and the the Knesset, which is the Parliament, and there's no constitution in Israel, so there's no real codification, even if that would even matter. Codifying things in a constitution doesn't seem to have much relevance these days anyway.

But there is no constitution. So the Parliament is trying to kick down the powers of the Supreme Court, and then the Supreme Court is going to say, if you pass that law, we're going to cancel that law. And then the Knesset has to decide whether it's going to order tanks around the Supreme Court or the Court's going to order tanks around the Knesset. I have no dog in this fight. I don't care who wins.

Because from what's been happening in the past two years, here how. Israel forced its disgusting injections, mangala style, on everyone, just pressuring everyone and experimenting on its own people. Disgusting government, both sides of it, are bad. The Knesset for passing the laws and the mask laws and the Mandate laws and everything, and the Supreme Court for allowing it to go happen. So I hope these people fight each other and we can restart something, have our own reset here.

We can be a little bit more free. So I think this is all connected to what's happening in Israel, is what is connected to what's happening in America and the government fighting itself and political war. Everything is happening together at the same time, and everything is a reflection of everything else. So how we purge this disease and having a violent fever to get rid of a disease, it's painful, but it's necessary. And we're about to go through a pretty rough part of it.

And I hope we come out calm and sane. I hope the same. Rafi, originally, before the interview, you mentioned maybe you had 45 minutes. We're at the 45 minutes now. I have two more segments.

Can you stay a little bit longer or do you need to? Okay, very good. Thank you so much, Rafi. I appreciate your extra time for the audience members here. We were just talking about some of the old Webbas data reports.

Cliff was nice enough to give us the underbridge original versions. There are a lot of them on the web that have been modified, so be careful what you're reading. But if you're looking for them now, again, beyond Mystic Net, cliffhigh is where you can download these original reports. Now, Cliff, you just mentioned, I want to bring this back up for the audience members here. This is a little bit more complicated.

I know you're trailblazing ahead here with these words and constructing this narrative so that we get used to this language, understand it, being able to digest it, and then to convey it to the rest of the population here. Let's spend a little bit of time here on the Manchester by proxy here, what you're talking about, what those actual codes mean, the fact that you're actually putting out real data here and why perhaps some of the trans communities are hitting up your Twitter. You lost your Twitter last week. Explain to them why this is so crucial here and how that ties into the breaking of the social order and how, as both of you are mentioning here, we're going to go back to the basics here and not really care so much about all of this. Wokism.

Cliff? Okay, so it's fairly complex. You have to ask yourself, why do all of these things occur? Right? Why does trans occur?

Why does a politician support trans, et cetera, et cetera? Well, obviously in a politician's interest to do so, gain power and so on. But at a human level, why would such a thing occur? Why would a mother support a child trying to regender themselves, resex themselves? Because it has nothing to do with gender.

When you're starting to cut off body parts, then you're dealing with sex, right? And so it is Munchausen's by proxy, which is one of the most complex codified diseases that we have that involves both physical and psychiatric components, right? And so if you go look up Munchausen's by proxy and get into it, you'll find volumes written on this thing. And it's basically, in its simplest form, it's a sick caregiver that needs attention from an external. So frequently you'll see this dynamic of a mother, an absentee father and a child, and the father is not quite 100% gone.

The mother makes the child ill, such as to draw back that male into her life. And she does this frequently in an unconscious fashion, not even really aware of her own motivation. Also, she communicates to the child the illness by way of unconscious signaling. And there's been vast quantities of psychiatric books written on this. It is one of the hardest diseases to ever diagnose in a caregiver and an ill person.

But it will become so effective that the ill person can actually do things like manifest blisters, manifest physical symptoms in their body from a psychological condition that goes away once this dynamic is broken. So frequently, a trans kid becomes instantly non trans when taken to an absentee parent and is no longer under the influence of that parent. That's sending out these unconscious and conscious signals to behave this way such that I may benefit. So it's a very complex disease. Mao Seng and a bunch of people that worked with him analyzed Munchausen's by proxy in the 30s in a very extensive test, very extensive analysis.

I don't think it had ever been done that way before. And in the Chinese started using Munchausen's by proxy to shape their own society. And then Mao took it over in 1966, and he used it to foment the Cultural Revolution and seize power back, because they had almost gotten him out of the way in 65, and they were trying to get normalized relations with the US. And the Western world, et cetera. And he used it to take China back.

It has been weaponized and used against us. The key component of this is an object, whether it's a person or a planet or an identity, that needs to be protected by the caregiver. And so my thing is to bring up this language, especially relative to people in power. This is a very dangerous situation, and even the AI recognizes that. The most dangerous situation you can run into is a person that's a politician that's actually exhibiting Munchausen's by proxy, attempting to put it out on the population in the form of anything.

But nowadays we have it focused on a sick planet. And these mythical trans kids. Trans kids is not a thing. They don't exist. Blah, blah, blah.

There's no climate crisis. We're not going to die from any human activity. Humans, they say that we're going to push it over the certain sun agreed temperature because of our activity. But the fact of the matter is, humans never add any energy whatsoever to this planet. The only thing we do is convert it from one form to another, but that energy is still here.

Okay, as Ricardo Bosi was saying in our last war Correspondent show, guys, if you haven't seen that, go check it out. He's talking about, of course, like euclid, this fifth generational warfare. This warfare for our minds to have us to think a certain way in order to have us act a certain way here in this controlled chapter. Bring that in here and also talk about the fact that people can go research this for themselves. We have an actual ICD code here, as you have on the screen.

Explain how this ties into the 5G warfare and how knowing that this is being perpetuated on us, having the tools to recognize it and point to it can actually start flipping the tables here and freaking out a lot of the power structures once they've been discovered here by this particular tactic in this warfare. Go ahead, Cliff. Okay, so you just mentioned the phrase flipping the tables. That arises from three card monte. When people discover how they're being cheated in three card monte, what do they always do?

They flip over the scammer's table, right? Scattering the cards and all of that. So that's exactly what's going on here. The discovery that you're being deceived in real time brings out an instant reaction that shatters the mind programming that goes on. It's an emotionality that comes on up.

I won't go into any of the details, but it actually hardens you against mostly that specific con being used on you again. But it also degrades your ability to be gullible to other cons as you go forward. The more you've been scammed, the less you can be scammed because you've seen it, right? And so that's where we're at now that we're going to have this flipping of the tables. As everybody understands all of these different scams that are going on, and as part of the unrestricted fifth generation warfare, those people that can observe the scams happening, identify the language and show you that it's going on, can, especially in my case, provide you with language that can assist you going forward.

So if you know that your politician is using language that is focusing on causing harm to children, which is the supporting of them, transing, then you could stand up and say, I have a public health notice here. These proceedings have to stop until this person, the politician, has been investigated by a panel, not an individual, a panel of psychiatrists to confirm that they are not exhibiting Munchausens by proxy. You won't believe how rapidly that changes the dynamic of any meeting with a public official in there. Even if you don't get traction, it's going to freak everybody out. It's going to collapse the meeting itself.

And if you can hand out the printouts of the Munchausen's by proxy language and the AI saying, here are the steps, then everybody will start getting the clue and they'll say, hey, wait a second. What's going on here? Right? This is a weapon of war. We are probably about seven or nine months away from the normies, grasping that this war tactic has been put on us for these last 40 plus years.

And then we'll have all kinds of people write books about how they snuck in and the colleges were converted and all the language and all of that. But as I say, they won't even start grasping that for seven to nine months somewhere out in the future. But the emotional shock of what's going to hit us this coming week and then the weeks afterwards leading up to May. So now bear in mind a potentiality that we do have a national strike, that we do have trucker strikes, and that we have some form of reaction to the arrest of Trump. Okay.

That they actually go through it and do it. It's a misdemeanor that they've got a unique novel theory to escalate into a felony. So it isn't going anywhere. Right. Okay, so let's say that they do that.

What are going to be the consequences? I can draw out a timeline now that takes us from Tuesday of this week up to May 1 that would support the idea that in May 1, the government will collapse because there will be the Dick Algeier moment in the halls of Congress when no one will pass an extension of any monetary funding for any aspect of the federal government. Wow.

As soon as May 1. May they okay. Rafi, let me bring you on here also because we have a lot of silver bugs in the audience members and we have a lot of people trying to understand why silver is important, but why there at the silver level also, we're being conned. There's this big con game happening. I've had many interviews with Andy Shekman over the last year or two explaining that, of course, we're seeing the big drawdowns of the comics and the Lbma.

Apparently, somebody is front running what is about to occur here and getting into the physical, even though in the mainstream news they're telling us that gold, of course, is a pet rock and inconsequential. I have another video here somewhere from Bernacki saying it's just tradition. But let's talk about the scam here at the silver level and what you see happening here. What's the set up right now in the technicals in terms of the silver market? Rafi well set up in technicals, not much of a technical analyst, but I do look at open interest, the amount of contracts that are open in silver futures.

But what's the scam? The way I put it, there are a lot of different ways to put this. I don't capture in terms of fraud as much as just the nature of the system. You could call that fraud, too. I have no problem with calling it fraud.

I don't use that word. I try to help people understand what is going on here. And essentially what's going on is that for other commodities, there's one price right there's, the consuming price of that commodity. Like, how much would you pay to consume a barrel of oil for your energy needs?

So it's the same with all with all consumable commodities, with wheat, with oil, with energy, et cetera, with the gold. And silver is different because there's a consumer price. Like if you're a jeweler, how much would you pay for 10oz of gold? So you can make your jewelry to stock your shelves or whatever it is that you use gold for, if you need it for your electronics or you use it in whatever it is that you manufacture. So then you need some gold physically to consume in some kind of thing, that's a price.

But there is another price of gold and that is the price that people are the monetary price. Whereas there are only a certain select amount of people that actually use gold as a consumer good. Everybody in the world needs gold because everybody in the world needs money to trade it with for something else. So the monetary price of gold is much, much higher than the commodity price of gold. And are you suggesting that these are going to meet here very soon with all of this?

Yes, they're going to meet. At what number exactly? I don't know, but it should meet at the end game to a 100% value of 100%, balance out the amount of liabilities in the Federal Reserve balance sheet. Assuming there is gold in Fort Knox, and I do not know that for sure. I'm sure Cliff would probably say no.

But let's assume there is what is 8132 tons or something like that. So the Fed has that on its balance sheet supposedly, and then a whole bunch of paper. So when the paper falls to zero, the only thing left on the balance sheet is gold. So it has to balance out the rest of the liabilities, which are the amount of dollars in circulation. 100% backing would be something around $40 to $50,000 an ounce.

Now if there is no gold there, then there will be no exchange rate and the dollar will be completely worthless. And then you'll need physical coins. So at the end of the day, gold and silver futures, they're not going to be redeemable. So most of the people with a futures position, whether it be gold or even an ETF position, they're not going to get anything out of that because really it's only an exchange ticket for a bunch of dollars. And if the dollar doesn't work, then what are you going to do with the share of Slv or Gld or whatever we could do with it?

We could do nothing. It could be a nice wallpaper. Yeah. If it could even be that you'd have to request like physical copies of your holdings of your ETFs. Right, okay, thank you.

I appreciate that. Cliff before we get to the next segment here, and I want you to follow through on some of this pricing mechanism for gold and silver. I'll get into why perhaps Jim Sinclair was saying earlier this year, based on the calculations that Rafi is trying to explain to the audience members, gold should already be at $80,000 or ounce. And that was with the liabilities that were admitted six months ago, not what we're seeing now, and perhaps all the over the counter derivatives that have not been accounted for yet. So I'll get to that segment in a moment.

But Cliff, a big issue right now for a lot of people. All the stress, all the turmoil. As Recorder Boasty said to you're supposed to be confused right now. The white hats, the black hats, everybody's trying to fuck with you, everybody's lying with you. A big problem for a lot of our viewers is trying to sleep.

Cliff, why is sleep so important and what do you have for them here at Pure Sleep? Okay, so Pure Sleep is a cool product. We've got a sugarless version. So if you're one of the people that is going through cancer, sadly, from all of the shots and so on, it'll aid you that way. And by the way, if you've taken any of the mRNA products, natokinase has been shown to get rid of the spike protein and also degrade the lipid nanoparticles and bind them to excrete them.

So that does offer some help there. Okay, so we need to sleep here because during the sleep, okay, so your body can't repair itself during the day. Anything it does to any kind of injury that you get during the day is simply triage. It's just trying to keep you from getting worse. And so it's only during at night that you can actually repair that damage.

And because I was trying to recover from being down to £128, I needed to recover. So I've got GABA in there. GABA is such a powerful substance that the Japanese government considers it to be illegal in products. It has to be administered by a medical prescription because it's a precursor to a human growth hormone. So it will allow your body to maximize the creation of human growth hormone before you go to sleep because of the nature of the mix we've got.

And then so you'll have the human growth hormone and it provides some level of support in using it, but it's not any of the peptides that actually direct how it should be used. So if for instance, you had arthritis, then a good use for this would be to take a peptide during the day that would direct growth towards your joints and so on, but have the Pure Sleep at night so that you would have the human growth hormone there available for you. Okay, very good. And folks, I just put the link here to Pure Sleep in the live chat. Go check it out.

I absolutely love mine and I love the new flavor also that was just put out here in the last couple of months. I really like it, Cliff, and I love the plastic reusable containers. I know a lot of our viewers also like that. So Cliff, let's go back to this idea of this original webbot data suggesting that we would see at some point here when we entered this new phase of the world, this $600 per ounce silver. Let's go back to the conversation here of what Jim Sinclair was suggesting there, the $80,000 per ounce gold, how that ties into today and also tie that into now the warfare we find ourselves in, we're seeing different levels of attacks now into the open.

We've moved away. From the overt part of the war into the sorry, of the COVID And now we're into the overt part of the war, as you're describing here in this last video. But explain how that war is also going to be affecting us here at the gold and silver price level. Also the fact that we are going to finally be what was the term you used? Harvesting the corn.

Tie that in to the worst scenario we're in. Now. Suddenly that makes a whole lot of sense. Okay, so here's the thing. This is essentially a deep spiritual war involving those and the two sides are easily categorized.

And then there's this middle lump that doesn't know anything's going on really. And those are the normies. The two sides can be categorized as those people that create fiat money and use that to do evil deeds because they have no emotional, physical or cost investment in the creation of fiat currency. They make as much as they want and then everybody else takes it and will give them food and other stuff for it. And so they think that the people that will give them real goods for the fiat are pretty stupid and they want to take over the whole planet.

Now on the other side are those individuals that think we should be on a spiritually sound money system that has no debt attached to it, that no one gets rich off of my labor in this hidden fashion. And so this is truly, in my opinion, a war, good versus evil. And everybody's confused and all of the normies are confused because it is in that state of confusion and anxiety, angst, anger and so on, that minds can be made to change. And the normies have been cultivated like a crop for so long, it takes a lot for their minds to change. Therefore, the upcoming level of emotion is going to be huge, indeed, shockingly huge.

Thus we must face the nuclear war. We've got to have that in there. We've got to go right up to it and face it. We must face all of these things because in facing them, we show who are the adults and everybody else will fall away and then they'll start following the real adults. And that's how this is going to play out.

So what's necessary now is for, in my opinion, is for people of solidity to stand and be solid in that solidity that others may gather around them as we come into this very terrible time with all of these emotions being brought up with the death of the fiat currency and so on. And so this is why I'm starting to get really, I get very peculiar about language, but I like to insist that there's the US dollar and then there's the Federal Reserve notes. Also, the gold in Fort Knox is not owned by the Federal Reserve. It doesn't matter what claims they may have on it. In 1964, there were some moves made that eliminated the ability of the Federal Reserve to make a claim on the gold.

This was done by the Sock. It was one of the very first documents that I can find that allows for the Sock's existence to be supposed was that there were certain things that were done and so there may be gold there for all I know, but the Federal Reserve won't be able to get their hands on it. We're going to see the in my opinion, we'll see the derivatives go first and that will be a giant kick in the balls to a lot of people, okay? These people will be city councils, these will be pension funds, these will be all different kinds of water projects globally, all kinds of weird projects globally that are being used to funnel bribery money to support illegal activities and all of that kind of stuff. They exist in vast quantities in the level of the derivatives.

They live on this hazy kind of secret bond world financing everything that's going to go away at the very first part of our hard stop here heading towards May. And so a lot will be revealed and then that's going to be this giant peak of the big ugly as a lot of this stuff comes out and that's when a lot of people are going to get very angry, very upset. We may indeed see riots, but it won't be mega people running around pulling down statues, right? They may have a few of the antifa dressed up as mega, but that isn't going to go over very well. I remember a web auditor report where you said that not just politicians but perhaps also media newscasters would be flayed in the streets.

Those were the words that were coming up in your old web auditor reports. Now as it pertains to the corn being harvested, we know what you meant by that and of course they're afraid of being harvested. So this is why they're putting out all these arrest warrants now for Trump and even the ICC here issuing the arrest for Putin earlier this week. I want to get into the war in Ukraine. How that is a fallback position for perhaps the fall of Kazakhstan here in the last segment.

Before I do that, I wanted to bring up the link here for the discounts available for you guys, the Beyond Mystic audience here today offered to you by Miles Franklin. You can find that at Beyond Mystic net silver. We have the 1oz Kangaroos on sale at 379 over Spot, as well as the ten ounce silver Italian maple bars if you guys are looking to bulk up there at 259 over Spot. And if you move over to the Mfbullion. CA, if you're on the Canadian side of the viewership, you can also get the Maple Leafs who are on sale also there.

So that's mfbullion CA and of course Beyondmistic Net Silver and for those asking in the chat, yes, the silver bars are still available. And on top of that page there, there's the special order form there for those three, as well as the new Sending Ravens silver bar available now for pre order. So check that out, Cliff. And maybe we could do this as an open table for the last segment here. Going back to this idea that Ukraine is the fallback position we saw last year.

We reported on this, and I believe you and I did a video on this last year when Kazakhstan fell, a lot of things happened there. We saw what your web data suggests might be happening here in North America, the politicians being hanged on the streets. We saw the taking over of the banks. We saw people going through all of the material, following the money, so to speak, and basically creating this funnel effect where the last of these Caesarian mafias, as you call them, the cabal, fell back into Ukraine. Now, what was funny here, just as a side note to be funny with our audience members just again, Biden was out this morning saying that the deposits were safe, your deposits were safe in Ukraine.

Let's get into and Rafi, let's get into how all of this is going to shape up. I had Jim Willie on the show the other day, and he's suggesting that perhaps this whole thing in Ukraine will be over within a month or two here. We're almost at that point. And I listened to Dr. Paul Kerg Roberts the other day on the Greg Hunter Show, and he's like, I don't understand what's happening.

Russia could have finished this months ago, but they're not finishing the war. Explain what the real strategy is in Ukraine right now, as best we can glean from it. I'll start with you, Cliff. And where does it go from here in this end stage, the end game, the final round here or the last round we find ourselves in? Okay, so it's legit to say that the Russians could have ended it sometime back.

They deliberately have delayed, they've deliberately altered tactics, and lots of people don't understand why, but it's all about timing. They can't end until there are certain conditions, until the normal population of the planet has faced the nuclear war aspect. Okay? All right, so this is a psychological war at its core. All physical aspects of it derive from the psychological plan that is powering everything else.

So certain things will happen in the physical world and bring points of tension, and they are there to create the tension and the illusion that things would proceed from that point forward. So we have this being used on both sides. So in Germany now and throughout Europe, you will find many people that are saying, as soon as he's done with the Ukraine, putin's coming for you, okay? And it's not going to happen. But if he had finished with Ukraine now, they wouldn't be able to do that.

They wouldn't be able to use these kind of psychological tools on their own population. And those must be in place for the counter that will come later when he doesn't attack. Okay, so you've got to set everything up. This is fighting. And in fighting, you will find it in the very best.

Guys that are good at fighting, mohammed, Ali, all these kind of people, they use faints, they use timing, they use pulled punches in order that you will react a certain way. They'll throw a punch this way such that you'll shift your head right into the one that they're driving into you. Right? And so that's where we're at now, is in all of this psychological stuff back and forth on that, it's going to get ever so much more complex, more complicated and more scary as we go forward in dealing with the scariness. You can always center yourself, right?

And so if everything gets too weird and there's all this talk of nuclear war and everything, bring it back to yourself, your house, do, sweep the floors, wash the dishes, whatever. Clean your local environment in order to clean your emotions of what's going on, because it will be polluted as we go forward with all of the necessary drama that has to be created in order that these minds might change the way they need to. Wow. Thank you so much. I appreciate that.

I'll get back to you for final words of wisdom here. You kind of alluded to that there Cliff Rafi sent to you here going back to perhaps this fallback position from the Kazakhstan capital of the Illuminati, falling, so to speak, here last year into this now final battle, at least kinetic battle, against perhaps the bioweapons labs, the child trafficking, the money laundering that is happening in Ukraine now. How far are we to understanding perhaps for the normal population, maybe not the people watching the show here, but for the normal population to understand the nature of this war? And perhaps when that comes to a conclusion, how do you see that playing out here in your mind and in your analysis? Rafi I guess I have to plead ignorance here.

I have no idea what you're talking about. Okay.

It is very much complicated. And again, guys, if you want a little bit more information on that and the background, please do go watch my War Correspondent show with Ricardo Bossy. Two of the first episodes there did set the stage for this particular war. How we, on one hand, have the 5g war for your mind, but on the other hand, also have the open aspects of this war, including the tactical attacks on the United States in the last couple of weeks. Now, the banking warfare attacks and of course all of the devulgation that is happening now with January 6 and the COVID narrative all coming out at the same time.

We are into this culminoric effect here in this war. And of course, there also we talked about the component, boots on the ground in Ukraine. So if you want to go check out that episode, that is the place to be, guys, before I go. Also, if you want to stay connected here on the Insider Access Pass, where I produce all of this Insider access content here on Censored Unfeathered on Beyond Mystic Net. Because of the bank runs here too, people are having issues with their credit cards or payment processing and they're not having the ability to connect with us.

And to watch the episodes on a timely basis, please do consider the yearly pass here. We've put it at 50% off for you guys. The coupon code is bank run 50. That expires March 20. My birthday, of course, the Equinox man, a lot of things happening for my birthday.

Cliff, hopefully we're going to have a good birthday here in the next couple of weeks and that we're going to see some light at the end of the tunnel. Cliff, let's end on that. Actually, I'll end with you, Cliff. Rafi, while you're on the screen, what is your best advice here? Cliff just mentioned clean yourself here so that you can be strong and be nimble enough to weather the storm here and to be flexible enough to adapt yourself to the situations that are coming up now in the next couple of weeks and months.

What do you say to your subscribers here on Your Patreon? Talk about that hair too. Also how we can support you there and what can they expect here if they follow you at the End Game Investor on your Patreon? Well, my Patreon is not my main thing. My main service is The End Game Investor, where I talk basically three or four times a week with a weekend report about what's going on in gold and silver in the monetary system from an Austrian school economics analysis perspective.

So you get a two week free trial on that at this site over here that's on the screen. Let me break the link down for you guys here and the chat. There's a lot of amazing content there. So you guys please do go and support Rafi there and all of his amazing work. Here's the link in the live chat.

Keep going, Rafi. So My Patreon is where I take a more biblical angle on economics and monetary policy. I'm a religious Jew and I have a pretty extensive knowledge of Bible and Torah and from Jewish perspective. So what the Torah believes about monetary policy and gold and silver, whenever I come across a comment, I share it and analyze from the same perspective that I have now. So for people who value this sort of stuff, it can be calming and that this is not old.

We've been through this before, way, many thousands of years ago, and it's good to see from that perspective what people were going through back then with the same issues that we're having now, just from a modern standpoint. And, yeah, YouTube channel, you can check it out. I make my videos as funny as I can because the only way I can stay sane is laugh. And that's the most important advice. I can have everybody stay sane, stay connected to as much nature as you can, get off your phones when you can stop looking down and look up and have your local community support you and support them, and you should get through this on the other side.

Thank you, Rafi, I appreciate that. And yes, I do find your videos very funny. I just can't possibly understand how you have time to put out all these edits in your movies, your videos, to become so funny, but I do very much appreciate that. Let me bring the link down so you guys can go and subscribe there to YouTube too. Rafi's YouTube channel there.

Cliff, back to you here as we round up the show. You mentioned earlier to me in the email. Today, Tuesday, is the pop off. Okay, so it's a big pop off. What do you mean by that?

And where do we go from here? How do we navigate all of this? It's going to depend on how it manifests as to whether it is super active. So there's a couple of days, they may decide through fear, through wisdom, whatever, to not arrest Trump. Right?

If they do that, then it's one of those Rubicon has been crossed over, the die is cast and there is no going back and there is no longer a certain level of civility. Okay, so it then comes out in the open, the dictators have taken the velvet glove off, basically. And at that point, I'm expecting the populace to react and I'm expecting the populace to react with a lot of energy from a certain level of the populace, but I expect them to drag a lot of the normies along as well, and that this will be shocking to a lot of people and that things will degrade fairly rapidly. So there's going to be some level of unknowns relative to how it plays out tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday. So if Trump is fingerprinted, if he's arrested, if he's fingerprinted, if he's processed, and if he's released, that's one scenario, right?

What if there's incidents, what if there's delay in the release? What if there's anxiety on the part of the people? And what if the powers that be delay causing their own kind of anxiety for their own purposes? Well, we may see street actions, but it wouldn't be antifa like street actions. It would be perhaps a large truck convoy totally surrounding every police facility that could be found in New York State and all the government building.

That would be awesome. Wow. Right? So it will be that form of activity, of standing, in my opinion, standing and saying, we're here bring it. Bring it.

They won't. They won't bring it even if they brought antifa. Antifa cannot stand up to a bunch of pissed off truckers, right? And so we're going to get to the point where we're now coming up to the stand, okay? And so people will just stand up and say, I'm here, I'm not taking it.

Bring it this far, no further. Wow. Thank you so much, Cliff. Thank you so much, Rafi. Guys, if you want more of this amazing reporting this week, we've had to change the schedule here to adapt to this perhaps a Trump indictment news cycle.

So we're going to do the war reporting show on the Wednesday at 08:00 Eastern as opposed to the typical pay per view we do. So we'll bring that live to you guys here, free and uncensored on Rumble and on the Thursday night also, we have this special Pluto the Destroyer, the decode here of the three, two, three. So you don't want to miss that. How all of the astrological bodies are also pointing to perhaps the same alignments we had during the French Revolutions and the Guillotine. So that's going to be a fabulous show to perhaps set up some of the things that are coming up in the web bot data reports right now.

So you don't want to miss that. That's going to be a Thursday at 08:00 p.m.. Eastern, of course, on March 23, the day itself where Pluto enters this very powerful alignment on YouTube. Go ahead. One last thing.

You brought it up. We all know that the French Revolution started because of Bastille. What was bastille of prism? Exactly. Thank you so much, Cliff, for that added note.

I'll remember to bring that up in the research and the slide deck that Julie is already preparing here this weekend for this live show. It's going to be absolutely amazing, guys, if you want to follow me also here on YouTube for amazing new content there, including the Divine Feminine Oracles and the Manifest Destiny shows. And also Penny Taylor. She's back. A big thank you to all of you who supported her during the live meditation while she was undergoing surgery a couple of weeks ago.

She's going to be back on the show for our next break in the clouds. You can find that here at Beyond Mystic on the YouTube channel. So, again, guys, please do go and support our friend Rafi here at Sea Alpha on the End game investor. And you can find, of course, Cliff on his substac here. You can take a screenshot of that as well as on his bitchute.

I'm Jean Claudette on mystic. This was the end game last round with Cliffy and Rafi Farber. Thank you so much, everyone, for joining. Have a great day and we'll see you soon. Otoa thanks.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Ep. 3024a – Biden Just Destroyed The Economic System Right On Schedule Restructure Coming – 03-20-2023

Ep. 3024a - Biden Just Destroyed The Economic System Right On Schedule Restructure Coming - 03-20-2023

Ep. 3024a - Biden Just Destroyed The Economic System Right On Schedule Restructure Coming - 03-20-2023

Um, hi and welcome. You're listening to the X 22 report. My name is Dave and this episode 3024 A. And today's date is March 20, 2023. And the title of the episode is biden just destroyed the economic system right on schedule.

Restructuring coming. Let's talk about our health. A recent survey reveals that if you're concerned about weight loss and you want to get on a diet, half of all Americans are with you. One of the easiest ways I recommend jump starting a new diet plan is with the amazing Keto powder. This substance helps you tap into many of the weight management benefits of being in ketosis, even without the need for extreme carb restrictions or having to go through the infamous keto flu.

I'm impressed because in just weeks of taking this, I've noticed a significant difference in appetite and cravings. If you want to try it as well and experience the amazing effects it had, get a bag today for 51% off plus receive several free bonuses before their spring sale ends by going to Keto with X 22. Com. That is keto with x 22 dot. Or simply click the link in the description box down below and get ready to look your best this new year.

Let's get right into the economic collapse. Financial news now. The deep state, the corrupt politicians, the private west central bank, the World Economic Forum. They are doing exactly what Trump and the Patriots thought they were going to do. They're following their playbook to the T.

Think about it. They started to push the great reset, the Green New Deal as they released the pandemic or the pandemic on the world. Then they made their announcement saying this is the direction, this is the path that we are going. Trump and the Patriots, they knew exactly what they were preparing to do. They knew that they were going to push the Green New Deal.

They were going to destroy the economy and in the process bring us to a crisis to usher in the central bank digital currency. And now they are preparing and laying the groundwork for the central bank digital currency. But they need to destroy the old system first. And there is a major problem in them trying to push the central bank digital currency. They're going to need congress.

Now, I do believe that Trump, the Patriots, they knew that they were going to need to go through Congress. And when Trump was in the White House, we had the Senate blocking everything when they were trying to attack Trump. Now the Patriots have the House where the House controls the purse strings and the House has to vote on a new type of currency. So I do believe the House is the block for their agenda. Now, they're going to prepare everything and they're going to make sure that they have everything ready.

But I do believe that the Patriots, they're prepared and ready to block everything. They're trying to do. I mean, think about what happened with the vaccine passports. Think about the pandemic. They thought they had it made.

They thought, wow, we got it. We're just going to push our agenda. Vaccine mandates, vaccine passports, we're going to do this around the world and everyone's going to abide by it and we're going to get full and utter control of the population. They're doing the same thing now with the Central Bank digital currency. They're going to continually push and push and push until the very, very end.

And I do believe in the end, that is when you're going to see something completely different. But in order to get there, you need to allow the enemy to destroy everything that they created and allow them to be the destroyers of the system. This way the Patriots can step in and you're going to see Trump continually give solutions to all of these problems. Allow the Patriots to also give solutions in Congress to say, we can fix this problem. Everything that Biden is doing, remember, he's the frontman.

Everything that he's doing right now is destroying the system. The people are not fooled by this. The people are not going along with this. The people realize that the Fed, the Biden administration, those people that are working behind the scenes, they are completely responsible for all of this. But what you need to do, and I do believe Trump, the Patriots are doing this, you need to wake the population up to all of this and that is what he's doing.

And you could see around the world as they try to set up for this, the world is going to fight back and the world is going to protest. Every move they make, they will protest. It doesn't mean that every protest is going to win. But the world will continue to fight and the protests will get stronger and stronger and stronger. Look what's happening out in Paris.

Remember Macron, he decided to go around the parliament. He's using a nuclear option to actually destroy the pensions. And they saw everyone protesting out there in Paris. So what does the deep state do? What does the Central Bank do?

Well, they panic and say, okay, no more protests. We don't want people to see this. And that's exactly what happened. The Paris police, they manned protest at the Concord and on the Champs Elisis after unrest across France. So they're already shutting it down.

Why? Because they don't want more and more people coming together to protest what this individual is trying to do. And he's a criminally installed individual and the parliament couldn't override what he did. Remember, there's a lot of criminally installed individuals in government. This is coming from disclosed TV.

It says, no confidence vote against French government over pension reform fails narrowly in Parliament. The vote failed by nine votes. Macron's legislation would become law. His plan has sparked weeks of countrywide protests and strikes. You think these protests and strikes are just going to end.

No, the people are going to continue to do this. The people are completely against this. And remember when you have a system that is controlled by criminal installed leaders and they're not really leaders, they're criminals it is very very difficult to get anything done. It's like a mafia that owns a town, owns the prosecutor, owns the banks, owns everything. They control what's happening there and this is why the people need to step up to the plate.

And I do believe as they keep doing this, as they keep bypassing everything and pushing their agenda because they're going to become very very desperate. The people are going to see this and the people are going to fight back. This is just the beginning. It's going to get worse and worse for all of these individuals. And we know that the deep state players, the Central Bank, the World Economic Forum, they're ushering in their green New Deal but the people aren't going along with this.

Remember the poll that was taken? It's like something like 60% of the people believe that climate change is more of a religion than it is actually about climate change. So the people aren't going along with this and the people aren't saying yes we need all of this. They're completely against it and it's going to get worse and worse for those states that continually push this agenda. And actually this is going to give a bird's eye view of states that didn't push the agenda and states that have pushed the agenda and they're going to see the states that have pushed the agenda they are going to fail in the end.

Cernovich put this out and this is on Twitter. He says 2021. California had a drought. Now it's record rainfall and the state can't capture the water. Once summer hits the lack of water will be blamed on global warming.

And you think the people of California don't realize this? You don't think other people who are watching California don't realize this? California, New York and many other areas as they keep pushing their agenda you're going to see a stark difference between the two and this is going to wake a lot of people up. And while this is happening the entire system is completely imploding. And the deep state players, the bankers, the central bank, the World Economic Forum, they are preparing for their new system and the people are watching this play out.

It's not behind closed doors, it's not with a cover story. It's completely right out in the open and everyone can see exactly what's going on. And there is a new report by the Wall Street Journal letting everyone know that there's about 186 US banks that are prone to the same risk as Silicone Valley Bank. Now remember going back in time, janet Yellen told us that we're not going to ever, ever see another crisis in our lifetime. That was just a couple of years ago under Obama.

Here we are today under Biden in 2023. And what are we seeing? We're seeing crisis after crisis after crisis. Biden let us know that the banks are perfectly safe. Janet Yellen is letting us know that everything is under control.

Didn't they do this in the beginning of 2008, 2009? And then that same year the entire market came crashing down and then it brought us into the Great Recession. Let's talk about our health. Ever heard of the dreaded diet resistance? It's an epidemic of those struggling to manage their weight.

You could be diet resistant and not even realize it. Diet resistant is the most noticeable after the age of 35 when our metabolism starts to decline and only gets worse with age. If you don't see any visible benefits despite the diet or workout you try, this could be the reason. Here's a product I've been using to help manage my weight. I've been using this amazing keto powder for the past year and absolutely love it.

With high quality vitamins and minerals recommended by industry health professionals in every scoop, it is a great tasting alternative to taking a handful of pills and supplements every day. Since starting it, I've been able to see healthy, sustainable weight loss, regular comfortable digestion, and strong energized metabolism, plus all the benefits that come with reduced food cravings and having a body I'm proud of. Be sure to use the link in the description below or simply visit Keto with x 22. Com. That is Keto with X 22 dot because every purchase using that link gets 51% off.

Plus VIP, live, health and fitness coaching for life, as well as a new erport titled The Top 14 Ketogenic Foods Completely Free. Absolutely. And we're seeing the same thing happen right now. So the Wall Street Journal is referring to a recent economic study that was published on March 13 and it's estimating about 186. US.

Banks may be prone to the same risk as Silicon Valley Bank. Now Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen told the US senators that not all uninsured deposits will be protected in future bank failures. Only those banks that pose systematic risk regional banks will be screwed. So the Biden regime, the central bank, the treasury, they're going to be picking winners and losers and basically they're going to force bank runs. Why are they forcing bank runs?

Because they're trying to destroy the smaller banks. They want everyone to put their money into the larger banks. So what they're going to do is they're going to force everyone to do this. We explained this, I believe it was on Friday where Johnny Yellen was being questioned. And this is exactly what their strategy is.

It's very, very easy to see, and you can see that this is exactly what they're going to do. They're going to scare and this is what they normally do. They use their scare event, they use fear to push people into what they want to do. Now a lot of people are probably going to look at this and say, okay, you know something, I see what you're doing here. I see what's happening.

We're wide awake. There's no cover story. The veil has been lifted. I can see exactly what you're doing and we're not going along with this actually. We're going to protect ourselves and we're going to go outside the system.

We'll be talking about that a little bit later. But it looks like Joe Biden, he completely signed off on something that will bring down the entire system. And what did he just do? Well, Biden issued his first veto, striking down a bipartisan legislation that would have overturned a labor Department rule allowing retirement plans to consider ESG principles in investing. Mansion on the veto.

This administration continues to prioritize their radical policy agenda over the economic, energy, national security needs of our country and it is absolutely infuriating. So what you're going to see is you're going to see those companies that are using ESG now and investments are going to tank like we've never seen before and you're going to see a lot of people move their investments out of those companies and those companies are going to fail. And most likely what you're going to see is, yes, probably the blue states, they'll reinforce this and you're going to see red states saying, no, we are not going to do this type of investing, we're not following along with this and you're going to see another separation. Basically what Biden did, he just signed off on the destruction of the economy and you're going to start to see this play out as time goes on. Now you can see that the central bank, they're preparing for the central bank digital currency, don't think that they're not.

I mean they're going down this path. This was always their plan no matter which way it was going to happen. If it was Clinton who won the election, yes, they were going to do this, but we were going to have war. If it was Trump that won the election, yes, they were going to head down this path no matter what. But Trump is using it to his advantage.

He wants them to do this. He wants them to follow this path and in the end he's going to use this to restructure the entire system because think about what they're putting into place right now. Right now. And this is coming from the Federal Reserve. Go.

The bank of Canada, the bank of England, the bank of Japan, the European Central Bank, the Federal Reserve and the Swiss National Bank are today announcing coordinating action to enhance the provision of liquidity via the standing US dollar liquidity swap line arrangements. So to improve the swap line's effectiveness in providing US dollar funding, the central banks currently offering US dollar operations have agreed to increase the frequency of seven day maturity operations from weekly to daily. These daily operations will commence on Monday. We also know that the Fed now is setting up certain payment structure in the background. And yes, they're preparing to do this.

Now, does this mean this is what's going to happen? No, they're missing a very important piece, and that is Congress. But allow them to do this and then later on, when the entire crisis hits, all of a sudden the solutions come out. We know who's responsible. Think about what Biden just did by vetoing the ESG where he vetoed this and everyone's very angry.

He's going to destroy the country. Everything that he does is going to work in the opposite way because remember, he's taking orders from who? Soros the central bank system, the World Economic Forum, their entire plan is to destroy the economy. So everything that he touches is going to completely implode on itself. And you're going to see a very big difference in the States, number one.

Number two, everyone's going to understand and realize that this guy, and not just him, but others in the background, they're the ones who are destroying everything. And Trump is going to continually come out with solutions. Now look what happened with the banking system completely. In Pony, we had Signature Bank, we had Svb, and now we see the Federal Reserve. They're only going to raise interest rates by 25 basis points.

So they're already dropping this. They're still raising them. But I do believe they're going to be using this as an excuse to say, oh, now we can lower it. We better be very careful here. Remember, raising the rates, they're not trying to control inflation.

Raising the rates is not going to do that. What they're actually doing is they're having a controlled demolition of this entire economic system that we're in today. And what's very interesting is that as this plays out and as they can continually push forward with their agenda, it's not going to help them, it's going to hurt them. Because the people are going to start to realize who's responsible for this. I do believe they're already starting to realize this.

But as we move forward, you're going to see a lot of people wake up. You're going to see that everything that Biden is doing, people are going to say, well, that didn't help the economy. Well, that didn't help the economy. Well that didn't help the economy. And Trump on the other side, with the Patriots in the House, they're going to continually come up with solutions.

Now, once again, the House is probably going to push certain bills. And as Biden continually vetoes them and the economy continually degrades, what are people going to notice? Well, it wasn't the House that was doing it. He was vetoing the solutions. All people are going to see is that he is hurting the economy.

And those Democrats, they're also going to be going, whoa, wait a minute. Just like Mansion. What are you doing here? The economy is completely falling apart. They're going to turn on him in the end.

Now, am I saying 100% of the people? No. But you're going to see a lot of people because they have relatives, they have other people that they know. And when they start losing jobs and when everything starts to fall apart and Biden continually pushes his agenda, it's not only his agenda, it's Obama and Soros and the World Economic Forum, the Central Bank, as he continually pushes this, the people are going to say, what's going on here? Why are industries closing?

Why are these stores closing? How come I lost my job? And I do believe in the end, when we reach that crisis, trump and the Patriots, they can use this to restructure the entire Federal Reserve system. And you can see what is happening right now. It's allowing the people to see the inner workings, and I don't mean the actual inner workings, but the inner workings of how all of this is going to play out.

Because there is no war. There is no pandemic. People aren't scared in a corner. People see exactly what's going on. Thomas Massey put this out on Twitter.

He said the following the Fed doesn't control inflation, it causes it. When treasury tries to borrow money at interest rates lower than the market will bear, they must ask Fed to create new money and loan it to them artificially at low rates, just like they did during COVID that caused inflation. Mike Lee responded to this and said the following given that the Federal Reserve often causes the very thing it was designed to prevent, perhaps it's time to revisit its structure and role. And I do believe this is what people are going to see, understand. And they're going to demand a restructure of the entire system.

And I do believe Trump and the Patriots, they're actually most likely going to give that solution because when the crisis hits, they can use it to their advantage. But yes, the deep state players, the Central Bank, the World Economic Forum, they are pushing their agenda. They are going to push it just like everything else. But in the end, it's going to fail because there are certain blocks in the way. And in the end, the people, they're going to make the final decision of where this economy goes.

Listen, everyone. Thanks a lot for listening. Be well, be safe and especially be prepared. Thanks a lot.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

Ep. 3024b – [D]s Trying To Regain Power The Path Forward Is Being Set Think Precedent Do Not Fear – 03-20-2023

Ep. 3024b - [D]s Trying To Regain Power The Path Forward Is Being Set Think Precedent Do Not Fear - 03-20-2023

Ep. 3024b - [D]s Trying To Regain Power The Path Forward Is Being Set Think Precedent Do Not Fear - 03-20-2023

Um, hi and welcome. You're listening to the X 22 report. My name is Dave. In this episode 3024 BN. Today's date is March 20, 2023 and the thought of the episode is d is trying to regain power.

The path forward is being set. Think precedent. Do not fear. Let's talk about our health. Have you started to notice an increase the appearance of wrinkles, fine lines, bags under your eyes, or other usual signs of aging?

It may be more than just stress. Wrinkles and other marks of aging are one of the top signs that your collagen levels are low. It becomes more vital every year that you get older to supplement collagen into your diet for the sake of your skin's health. As you've gotten older, for example, you may have found that your skin isn't as strong. Whether you're in your can experience the healthy aging effects collagen has on your skin with the help of this multicolagen powder I love to use.

I'm impressed because in just weeks of taking this, I've noticed significant reduction in the appearance of wrinkles and fine lines. My skin has once again regained its youthful glow. Hydration elasticity. Also, although I originally bought it to rejuvenate my skin, I was shocked to find it also improved the health of my hair, nails, joints as well. I add it to my morning coffee and it tastes great.

If you want to try it as well and experience the amazing effects it had, get a bag today for 51% off, plus receive several free bonuses before their spring sale ends by going to Health with X 22. Com. That is health with X 22 dot. And get ready to look your best this New Year. Let's get into the economic collapse.

Political and geopolitical news now. The deep state, the corrupt politicians, big tech, fake news, the puppet masters, they are panicking and they're deploying all assets. Right now, they're trying to regain power because they realize if Trump gets into the White House, if Trump has control even before he gets into the White House, it is game over for them. So they're going to use whatever they possibly have right now to try to stop him. And this is why you're hearing about arrests, because those people that are behind the curtain, the people in the corporations, out in Hollywood, all over the place, they are panicking like we've never seen before.

And they don't care about the rule of law. All they want is Trump gone one way or another. And they're going to throw everything they possibly have at Trump. Now, really think about what Trump has been doing ever since he came into the White House and he set everything in motion. He's been setting precedents to be used against them.

So basically what he needs to do is he needs to set everything up, let them come after him, because remember, they're projecting all their crimes onto him. Allow them to set these precedents and yes, he is baiting them in and then he can use it against them. Think about his tax returns all those years coming after him. He could have just handed them over. They were completely clean.

Why did he allow it to go to the Supreme Court? Because he needed to set a precedent. Think about what's happening now with an arrest. Have you ever heard of a president being arrested? Never.

Ever. Now they're going to arrest what the first president ever is. That not going to set a precedent? Absolutely. Will Trump be able to use this against them later on?

Everything that you're witnessing, everything that is happening right now, he is actually forcing them to do it on him because in the end, he will use it against them. Think about what Trump has been doing this entire time. Think about the MSNBC News Network, the CNN's, the CNBC's, The New York Times, Washington Post, even Hillary Clinton and the rest of the corrupt politicians. What have they been repeating since Trump came into the White House? Nobody is above the law.

Nobody is above the law. That's what the people have been hearing. This is what they've been spouting. What happens when Trump goes after them, makes arrest? Nobody is above the law.

This is what they've been saying. This, it's like a chant and it's going to be used against them. They have been set up in the biggest sting operation the world has ever seen, and in the end, they will not be able to recover from this. Now, we're going to be talking a lot more about Trump's arrests, what's happening, and the path forward. But first, we can see that Mitch McConnell, the people are not with him.

Actually, the Democrats are with him. But the people who are Republicans and independents, they are not with McConnell. Actually, that kind of tells you everything you need to know because Democrats, and this is coming from Rasmussen democrats have a more favorable view of Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell than Republicans do. Now, Trump always points to McConnell and he says, yeah, this guy's a loser. And he is a loser.

He's a rhino. What is Trump seeing right now, especially with this arrest? Trump is seeing who's on his side and who isn't on his side. He can see the board very, very clearly right now. And as he watches this plays out, there's many things that he's going to be able to use against them.

Now, the other thing that's very interesting is that James Comer, he's letting everyone know that the recent findings by the House Republicans investigation into the Biden family's business dealings were just the beginning. And the Oversight Committee put out a tweet and it says, we've got the bank records and shows Robinson Walker LLC going back to 2017. And the beneficiary of the account is Biden, Haley Biden, oasco, first Clearing. And it shows all the money that is going through this LLC and what does that tell you? This is how their money laundering system has been set up.

Now, the other thing that's very interesting, why all this plays out, we can see there's other news that's coming out, and this has to do with Epstein. And it's funny how this is building at the same time that the investigation is going on against Biden. And what we're seeing right now is that the US virgin island, they hit back against J. P. Morgan's claim earlier this month that CEO Jamie Dimon had no clue that Jeffrey Epstein was breaking the law.

Jamie Dimon knew in 2008 that his billionaire client was a sex trafficker. This is coming from the US virgin island attorney Mimi Lou. And they're saying that he knew exactly what was going on and Stanley knew what was going on. And what's very interesting about this is that a US judge said that J. P.

Morgan chase must face a lawsuit by the US virgin Islands accusing the bank of enabling the late Jeffrey Epstein's sex trafficking. The judge also said J. P. Morgan and Deutsche Bank must face lawsuits by two women who said Epstein sexually abused them and who also accused the banks of enabling his sex trafficking. The judge said he will explain his reasons for the ruling in due course.

And this is very interesting how this is all building up. Now, if the patriots and I do believe they are in control and they have everything on these people, because remember, when Trump was in the White House, what was he able to see? He was able to see all classified information. He has full authority to see everything that has been going on. So if he can see everything that is going on, and now that he's declassified most of this stuff, does he know how to build the plan and move forward to take these people down?

Of course he does. Brian Case put this out and said the following let me tell you my theory about why you haven't seen any public action on the EPC Maxwell Black book client list yet. Q followers will understand this better than those who are not the people holding the compromising evidence over the elites who were doing what they were told to do, or else changed. When Epstein was taken down, all the compromising blackmail evidence changed hands. Patriots are in control, are now giving the orders to these compromised assets.

And it's very interesting that Brian Kate says this, because when you look at Bill Maher, it's very interesting what he's talking about now, because now who holds the blackmail over them? Oh, it's the patriots. Don't you find it odd that Bill Maher did a 180? Very interesting. Let's see who else does a 180.

But that reminds me of post 31 31. This is March 20, 2019. There's a picture of Bill Clinton and many other individuals in the water and it says, Will the rich and powerful influence the court to prevent the unsealing. Follow the attorney who took this pick, who was located behind the camera. Sex trafficking is real.

Let me continue with post 31 35. This is March 20, 2019. Q says who is Rachel Chandler down below? Says what? High profile elite people fun and provide Rachel with her photography studio.

What is the studio used for? What is the studio really used for? Who has RC been pictured with? This goes far beyond Spirit cooking models and it seems that this is building up right now and we're starting to get a lot of information about the Epstein case and this judge is allowing these lawsuits to move forward. And the US.

Virgin Prosecutor's Office is actually going after JPMorgan Chase. J B. Dimon and they're continually pushing this is going to be very interesting and the timing is going to be very interesting in the end. Now what's very interesting is that we can see that Trump is coming back on all these different platforms. He was brought back up on Facebook, he's brought back up on Twitter.

He has his YouTube account now. He's on true social, which he started. And we can see that all these platforms brought him back up. Well, remember, he's running for election. The evidence came out that he had nothing to do with what happened in January 6.

Actually, he was calling for peace. So everything that they said to the public was fake, phony and false. And now the elections are approaching. If they kept his accounts down, wouldn't that be election interference? I do believe so.

Now the other thing that's very interesting is you can see the Biden administration. They are coming after the people's weapons. They're pushing this agenda very, very hard. And what are the people doing? Are they saying, hey, you know something?

Oh yes, we must go with gun control. You know what? We're not going to buy guns. Actually, they're doing the opposite. The people now they're buying more guns than ever before.

February saw a continuation of the trend of Americans buying firearms with the 43rd straight month of gun sales exceeding 1 million. I mean, really, think about this for a second. They want to get rid of the guns. They want to take them away. And the American public is buying more and more guns at a rapid pace.

This tells you everything you need to know. This tells you that the public is not going along with the deep state players. Remember, they're the minority, we're the majority. And actually we're going to be showing them that we are the majority. We'll be talking about that a little bit later.

But you can see that the deep state players, they're going to be moving this information war into a physical. This is what they're trying to do. They're trying to do it with chaos. They want a civil war and they're trying to do it with an actual war. And you could see how are they going to push chaos or a civil war?

Well, we said this a long time ago. They're going after Trump. Are they going to try to arrest him? Are they going to try to indict him? Are they going to try to make the base angry?

Are they going to infiltrate the protest moving forward, just like they did on January 6? I do believe the Front, the Patriot Front Group, antifa BLM, and the criminals, they're all on standby right now. And we'll be talking a lot more about this a little bit later. But since we've been talking about war, you can see that they can't let up with Ukraine. They're not winning.

They are losing. Putin is exposing everything. And this is why the US is sending another 350,000,000 in weapons to Ukraine. If they had the upper hand, they wouldn't be continually spending this amount of money. They wouldn't be sending this amount of weapons over to Ukraine if Putin was on the run, which tells you that they are losing and losing badly.

And how do we know this? Because the International Criminal Court, they issued an arrest warrant. For who? Putin. So why would they issue an arrest warrant?

The ICC doesn't have authority in Russia. Russia doesn't recognize the ICC. Why would they do this? It's for optics. That's why they're panicking right now.

And all they're doing right now is showing the world, no, no, we're going to arrest him now. They can't arrest him. It's completely impossible. Actually, China's Xi Jinping, he has arrived in Moscow for a state visit, for talks. And this is very interesting.

I do believe the deep state players, they wanted China and Russia to come together because they wanted this to look good optically, where they can actually start a war. Now, I do believe Trump of the Patriots knew exactly what they were about to do, and they knew that this was going to happen. This is why Trump a while back, said he saw World War Three coming. This is why Trump said, hey, I believe China is going to be invading Taiwan. These things are all going to come true.

Now, the other thing that's very interesting, since the ICC put out an arrest warrant for Putin, we have the former US national Security Adviser, John Bolton, and he says the International Criminal Court is fundamentally illegitimate. It's a very dangerous institution. Now, the question is, if they came out and they issued an arrest warrant for Putin, why would Bolton come out and say that this is illegitimate, this organization? Because I do believe in the end, this is going to be turned on them and the arrest warrants are going to be issued on these people. And I do believe they're trying to cover they're trying to use this optically, but also trying to say that, yeah, this isn't going to work on us because it's completely illegitimate.

This is going to be very interesting how this all plays out. Now, the other thing that's very interesting is that we can see that since China, Xi Jinping from China, and Putin, they're meeting, we have John Kirby out there letting everyone know that we won't accept a cease fire, which I find very interesting. But the other thing that's really interesting is that we could see parallels between the Vietnam War and when you look back in time and you look at Lyndon B. Johnson's speech compared to Biden's speech, they're very, very similar. So let's go back in time to what happened in Vietnam.

It says, Our objective in South Vietnam has never been the annihilation of the enemy. It has been to bring about a recognition in Hanoi that is objective taking over the south by force could not be achieved. Then we have biden. The United States does not seek to control or destroy Russia. If Ukraine stopped defending itself against Russia, it would be the end of Ukraine.

Ukraine will never be a victory for Russia. Never. Isn't that interesting? It seems very I mean, it's the same movie, but different showtime. And I find that very, very interesting.

And then Trump put this out on true social china, russia, Iran, North Korea, and other nations of less than friendly nature are busy carving up the world as our once great United States of America sits back and watches. We are a failing nation with open borders, fake elections, and our horrible, inflation riddled economy. We no longer set the standard. The standard sets us. Our so called leader does nothing except eat, sleep and shit.

Where have you gone, Joe DiMaggio? Now, that is from a song which is Mrs. Robinson. This was a Simon and Garfunkel hit back in 1968. It was a number one hit.

And Paul Simon is a very big Yankee fan and he saw DiMaggio one time, I think it's like in a coffee shop or in a restaurant. And DiMaggio asked him, Why did you say this? Why did you put this in your song? Why'd you use my name? And Paul Simon said, well, what I meant by this was, where are these great heroes now?

And I find that very interesting that he used this quote from the song because just a couple of maybe a month ago, he retrothed a video and the song was Heroes. And that video was put together by Cameron Moore and he retruthed it. I think General Flynn retrothed many, many people retroth it, and Trump picked it up and it was a song by David Bowie, Heroes. And now he's quoting this as he's saying, the hero is coming. It's starting to seem that way.

Now. The other thing that's very interesting is everything the Deep state tried to do back in 2020 with the Pandemic or the pandemic, it has completely fallen apart. The people now are awake. The people are starting to understand what they have done here and now with the vaccines. People are starting to realize that Pfizer knew all these different things, that it was going to cause problems with people.

They knew that they were holding the studies back, not giving it to the people because they didn't want the people to see it, because they wouldn't take the vaccine. And it's getting worse and worse for them as time goes on. And Pfizer and the center for Disease Control and Prevention, they withheld evidence that COVID-19 vaccinations led to an increased risk of myocarditis, especially in young males, according to two sets of documents made public this week. So confidential Pfizer documents that were leaked show the evidence that patients who receive COVID-19 vaccine are at an increased risk of myocarditis. And I do believe there needs to be a full investigation into Big Pharma because now we're starting to get the evidence and documentation that they knowingly pushed the vaccine on the people.

And they knew that people were going to get myocarditis. They knew women were going to have problems with menstruating, women were going to have problems getting pregnant, and people were going to come down with all different type of ailments and people were going to die suddenly. So I think we're at the point right now where there needs to be a complete full investigation by the House and maybe we need to set up Nuremberg 2.0 court system to actually hold these people accountable because the evidence is pouring out right now and the people now are actually learning what they have actually done here. They held all this information back in the very beginning. They told everyone it was going to stop transmission.

You weren't going to get COVID. It's safe and effective. That's what the people heard. That's what they were telling everyone. And now we're finding out that they actually had documentation saying the opposite.

Just like what happened with January 6. We're getting the video information that's coming out right now and everything the Unselect Committee said is completely the opposite. Actually, there's a new video out there that shows the Trump supporters were trying to stop the people from breaking the windows at the Capitol. So who are these people? It's strange that they're wearing these helmets.

They just have one sticker on the back that says Trump. So basically these are either confidential human sources, it's neo Nazis, it's antifa. And these individuals, they were breaking the windows and the Trump supporters, they were trying to stop them from breaking windows. Now how do we know that people dressed up like Trump supporters? Well, gain of function, which is actually D Schlopes on Twitter, he put this out and he said, left wing infiltrators sentenced to prison after pepper spraying police officers and breaking a window on January 6 at the Capitol.

This was one of many leftist agitators there that day. Yet we have been told by the media, FBI on January 6 committee that none were present. And this actually came out from Yahoo saying a Florida man who supported Obama and didn't vote for Trump. Then he stormed the Capitol, pepper sprayed cops, broke $2,900 worth of windows, and got four and a half years in prison. So I thought there were no agitators there.

I thought it was all Trump supporters. It seems that this is backfiring on them every single day. And it's getting worse and worse as time goes on. And we know the DS, they're going after Trump right now. They have all assets deployed.

They're going after him because they know they need to stop him. And if they can't stop him with using information, with actually maybe arresting him, indicting him, if they can't do that, they're going to take this to the next level. So I do believe what they're trying to do right now is they're trying to start chaos. They're trying to start a civil war to distract from everything that they have done. Now, is this going to work?

I don't believe so. But they're going to be coming at Trump from all different directions. Look what's happening out in Georgia. Fulton County DA Fanny Willis is considering Rico and conspiracy charges against Trump over his efforts to challenge the 2020 election. So Fanny Willis is now considering racketeering and conspiracy charges against Trump because they have this so called evidence.

There's no evidence. There's nothing there. The call was perfect. They have absolutely nothing. But you could see what the deep state is doing right now.

They're trying to hit them from all different directions. But we need to go back in time a little bit because now we have Stormy Daniels. We have this hush money payment, which actually Michael Cohen actually paid Stormy Daniels. Let's go back in time because we need to start from the beginning. Remember when CNBC put this article out and this was January 2018 amid publicity tour, porn star Stormy Daniels denies having an affair with Trump.

So why would Trump have to pay Stormy Daniels hush money if he never had an affair with her? What happens if Michael Cohen had an affair with her? Remember he's married, he had kids, and he created an LLC, paid her off, and now it came out in the open. And the weasel that he is, he lied because he knew he got caught and he blamed it all on Trump. I do believe that's exactly what we're witnessing right now.

And that tells you everything you need to know, because she already admitted it never happened. But we could see that the deep state, they don't care about that. All they know is we have to get Trump. And it's not these low level foot soldiers. They're being controlled by the upper echelon.

Remember, there's many different levels. And you have the foot soldiers, these prosecutors, the antifa, all these low level people, they've been instructed to do certain things from the let's talk about our health. If you started to notice an increase in the appearance of wrinkles, fine lines, bag under your eyes, or other usual signs of aging. It might be more than just stress. Your collagen levels could be low as you've gotten older.

You may have also found that your nails are more brittle, hair is thinner, and skin isn't as strong, which can all be related to declining collagen production. I'm impressed because just in weeks of taking this premium collagen powder, I've noticed a significant reduction in the appearance of wrinkles and fine lines. My skin once again regained its youthful glow, hydration and elasticity. If you want to try it as well and experience the amazing it effects it has, get a bag today at 451 percent off, plus receive several free bonuses before the spring sale ends by going to Healthwithx 22. Com.

That is healthwithx 22. Dot or click the link in the description. If you don't see the link, click the more button. Then click the link and get ready to look your best. This new Year upper tier, like Soros and Hillary Clinton, Obama and the Rasnies, it doesn't go far above that.

And we can see they're making their move on Trump, because once again, Trump's in the way they need to get rid of Trump. And eventually they'll come after the people and they know that Trump, he's seen all the declassified information. They know Trump is coming after them. They see what's happening in the background and they're trying to stop him and they're trying to create a civil war. Now, what's very interesting, Trump has come out and he let everyone know that he's going to be arrested.

We'll be talking about that in just a SEC. But DeSantis also came out. He finally broke his silence and Raheem Kassam put this out and said, wow, ron DeSantis declares the far left takeover of the judiciary, leading to the potential arrest of former president not a real issue. Now, why would he say that? He did mention that Soros is behind this, but he's saying that the arrest of Trump is not a real issue and he doesn't want to get involved.

He's playing both sides right now. Liz Harrington put this out. Actually, people do care about this because it is crossing a point of no return, turning the greatest nation on earth into a third world nation. Oh, you've got better things to do, like getting back on your Murdoch funded book tour. You're not fooling anyone.

And actually, if you look at DeSantis right now, trump is hitting DeSantis very hard. He is being controlled by certain players like Paul Ryan, the Bushes and the rest, because this is all they have. They have DeSantis and they're trying to use DeSantis to counter Trump and he's taking orders from them. Now, Trump is continually telling DeSantis, you better make a decision here because if you go down this path, it's not going to work out too well for you because whoever enters the Trump quicksand never returns, never to be heard from again. And remember, Trump has the ultimate weapon.

It is called the truth. And that's all he has to do is stick by the truth, and the truth will always win. Now, Trump, he put out a truth on true social, and he's pointing to Midas touch, and it says, Ron DeSantis partied with underage girls at drinking party while teaching at a Georgia school. Trump responded to this untruth and said, ron Desantimonious will probably find out about false accusations and fake stories sometime in the future as he gets older, wiser, and better known. When he's unfairly and illegally attacked by a woman, even classmates that are underage or possibly a man, I'm sure he will want to fight these misfits just like I do.

That is very interesting. So right now, DeSantis, when you look at this, he's playing both sides, and he's trying to stay in the middle. But I want to see how this all plays out with Ron DeSantis, because we know that Trump most likely is talking to the people behind him. And I want to see what happens optically if all of a sudden Florida doesn't change the law and DeSantis says, Well, I can't run. What happens to all these people behind him?

Do they move to junkin? Are they trapped in all this? We'll have to watch how this all plays out. But we could see that this Manhattan DA. Alvin Bragg, he is going after Trump very, very hard.

Greg Price put this out and said, in 2022, Manhattan DA alvin Bragg reduced 52% of all felony charges to a misdemeanor. Now he's elevating a misdemeanor to a felony that the feds refuse to prosecute to indict President Trump. Criminals roam free. Political opponents go to jail. This is your third world country.

Want some examples? Alvin Bragg gave a misdemeanor to a man who committed an antisemitic assault in Times Square, to a man who robbed a drugstore at knifepoint, and to a man with 36 priors charged with grand larceny who proceeded to assault a woman on the street. Now, remember, this individual is a low life foot soldier that has been controlled by Soros. And is he the brains of the operation? Well, a lot of people don't believe he's the brains of the operation.

He's just the front man. And they're saying that it's most likely all being done by Andrew Weissman and by the chief Assistant DA. Meg Reese, who is the mastermind behind all of this. So, once again, we have Andrew Weissmann, we have Chief Assistant DA meg Reese, who is pushing this, and then they're telling DA alvin Bragg, you're going to do the dirty work, and you're going to be the frontman, which I find very interesting. Now, this individual, Bragg, and all the others, most likely they're controlled by Soros and Trump, he put out a truth, a video, actually, letting us know.

Take a listen. Burrows funded Democrat Alvin Bragg is known as the. Worst DA in the country. His soft on crime policies have unleashed violent criminals on innocent citizens and turned New York City into a hellscape of crime, drugs and chaos. However, Alvin Bragg's crimes against the people of New York may just be the tip of the iceberg.

Before Bragg's election, it was revealed that Soros cut off $500,000 in funds to Bragg's campaign. It was reported that there were disturbing allegations leveled against Bragg by an unnamed woman. There was no investigation into the victim's charges by the Manhattan DA's office, and Alvin Bragg has yet to be charged. I'm the only thing standing between the American dream and total anarchy, madness and chaos. And that's what it is.

I'm representing you. I'm just here. Always remember, they are coming after me because I am fighting for you. That's what's happening. So Trump is now bringing in the name Soros, letting everyone know that this is one of the people behind the curtains who's orchestrating all of this.

And we know that Soros is targeted. But remember, they didn't go after the big guy. They didn't go after Biden's crackhead son, they didn't go after Pelosi for insider trading, they didn't go after the Clintons, they didn't go after Epstein clients. They went after the one man who promised to expose them all. That is why they're going after him.

And if they get through Trump, they're coming after us. Now, this is a two tiered system. And what Trump is showing everyone, he's showing everyone the two tiered system. Now remember the charges that they are now using to get Trump. Now, why would Trump pay hush money to Stormy Daniels sheary admitted that they never had an affair.

What would the hush money be for? It makes no sense. But let's go back to the FEC in 2022, where they fined Hillary Clinton and the DNC for lying about funding the fake Russia dossier. The FEC fined Clinton and said her campaign violated the rules because they failed to disclose payments funneled to Fusion GPS through a DNC law firm, Perkins Coy. So Hillary Clinton got a light slap on the wrist.

She just had to pay a fine. But there was no jail time, there was no indictment. Nothing. But Trump for the same, pretty much the same thing, which they're accusing him of, which he really didn't do. They're going to arrest him and throw him in jail.

Does that make any sense? Well, I think that tells you everything you need to know. Trump, he put this out on True Social. He said Biden wants to pretend he has nothing to do with the Manhattan DA's assault on democracy, when in fact, he has stuffed the DA's office with Department of Injustice people, including one top DOJ operative from DC who is actually running the horseface witch hunt. Bragg is a Soros racist in reverse who is taking his orders from DC.

I beat them twice. Doing much better the second time. And despite their disinformation campaign. They don't want to run against Trump or my great record. And he capitalized disinformation.

And that reminds me of Post 43 73. It says, you are witnessing the greatest coordinated disinformation campaign to ever be launched against the American people. Information warfare, infiltration versus invasion, insurgency, irregular warfare, de, efforts to regain power. They're trying to regain power, but it's going to fail. Trump, he put this out on True Social, the lead prosecutor for the corrupt Manhattan DA's office, worked as a lawyer for crooked Hillary Clinton and her law firm, left this Democrat firm with others to volunteer to get Donald Trump at the DA's office for free.

He quit in a huff when DA bragg said there was no case here. He then unethically and illegally wrote and published a book about the case while it was going on. This is unheard of stuff. The case is now completely compromised, and reports are that Mark Pomerant is in trouble. Now, what's very interesting about all this, they're using everything that they have to go after Trump.

They're trying to make the base very, very angry. They want chaos in the streets. They want a civil war. And we had Maxine Waters, she was on MSNBC, and she's talking about domestic terrorists. She's talking about nobody is above the law.

And she's trying to let everyone know that when Trump gets arrested, the domestic terrorists are going to come out and we're going to see chaos. Now, remember, she mentioned that word again, nobody's above the law. They're brainwashed into saying this over and over and over. This is going to backfire on that, because as they keep saying it, the people are going to say, yeah, nobody's above the law. You kept saying it.

We heard you. We have video of it. We can go back in time. We can replay it over and over and over and over again. But this is what she said.

I just want to, you know, have you understand that perhaps he was trying to organize domestic terrorists to protest this arrest. And I think we have to be careful about him making that announcement. He's doing it for a reason. And then we have John Anthony Castro. He put this out.

New Yorkers, if they try to january 6, a New York courthouse show up with bats. Time to put these MAGA efforts in their place. I'm donating 1 million toward armed security. No more effing around. If we're going to take this prick down, we have to do it together.

And then we have The New York Times. Trump says his arrest is imminent and calls for protests. Echoing January 6 liz Harrington responds to this and says, echoing January 6 so you mean the Feds are planning to infiltrate and peacefully protest, to stoke violence and then blame patriots so they can arrest and imprison more of their political opponents? She's absolutely right. That's what they're trying to do here.

And we've said this from the very, very beginning. We know that they have the Patriot Front group that's made up of neo Nazis, probably confidential human sources. We know that they have antifa. We know they have the criminals and all the illegals and all the gangs that are coming over the border. They're all on standby for this type of moment.

So why is Maxine Woodard saying these things? Why is that other guy saying things? Why is New York Times putting the article out like this? Because what are they preparing to do? They're preparing to cause chaos.

Why? Well, Trump, he put out two truths, and this is what it says. Our nation is now a Third world and dying. The American dream is dead. The radical left anarchists have stolen our presidential election, and with it the heart of our country.

American patriots are being arrested and held in captivity like animals, while criminals and leftist thugs are allowed to roam the streets killing and burning with no retribution. Millions are flooding through our open borders, many from prisons and mental institutions. Crime and inflation are destroying our very way of life. Now illegal leaks from a corrupt and highly political Manhattan district attorney's office, which has allowed new records to be set in violent crime and whose leader is funded by George Soros indicate that with no crime being able to be proven and based on an old and fully debunked by numerous other prosecutors. Fairy Tale the far and away leading Republican candidate and former President of the United States of America will be arrested on Tuesday of next week.

Protest. Take our nation back. Now he's telling everyone to protest. He also has another truth out there, telling everyone to protest. Protest.

Protest. Now, when you look at this, he actually started a countdown, didn't he? And what's very interesting about this, if you go back to when he put these out here, this was March 18, and this is post 3113. It says, what occurred the last time a countdown was presented? A false flag.

Isn't that interesting? What would be the false flag? Oh, chaos in the streets. Civil war. Well, Jim Jordan, he put this out on Twitter.

He said was the Manhattan DA's office in communication with Department of justice about their investigation of President Trump. Was the Manhattan DA's office using federal funds to investigate President Trump? Alvin Braggs owes our committee answers, and he does. And if this is the case and this was driven by Soros and others, this is election interference. Trump, he put this out and said the following.

There was no misdemeanor here either. There was no crime, period. All other of the many Democrat law enforcement officers that looked at it took a pass. So did Sigh Vance, and so did Bragg. But then much later, he changed his mind.

Gee, I wonder why. Prosecutorial misconduct and interference with an election. Investigate the investigators. Then he said this they are many years behind the statute. Of limitations, which in this instance is two years.

More importantly, there was no crime. Now, remember, the police department in New York City supported Trump. The association supported Trump, and he put this out on True Social. Can you imagine the great New York City Police Department correctly referred to as the New York City's finest, who, for the first and only time in history, endorsed a President me. And honored me as a man of the year having to defend and protect the defunders and cop haters of the radical left that want to put their greatest champion and friend in prison for a crime that doesn't exist.

All the while, the soros back DA allows murderers and other violent criminals to freely roam the sidewalks of New York. So now the New York Police, they're going to have to make a decision. What are you going to do? Which side are you going to take? Now, I do believe Trump, he came out and got ahead of the story, and he took control of the narrative because what was the deep state planning to do?

They were going to have helicopters, SWAT teams, cameras all over the place, probably at Mar a Lago, where they wanted a big surprise, like they did with everyone else. They wanted to show Trump being shoved against a wall handcuffed and brought out of Mar a Lago. That's what they wanted to do. And he knew that this was going to do. So what did he do?

He decided to take control of the narrative. He called them out on it. And since he called them out on it, can you surprise him now? You cannot. Trump countered what they were trying to do.

He took control of the narrative now, and now they can't do this surprise hit because they're already out there saying trump will turn himself over. So it's not going to be this. Helicopter boats coming in on the ocean, SWAT teams coming all over the place where CNN, MSNBC, and all these other stations are all standing by, broadcasting this out to the public, trying to create their narrative. That is not going to happen right now. He already countered it.

I do believe he's controlling this entire narrative, everything that's going on right now. And again, he's baiting them in because he needs to set certain precedents to be used against them later on. Remember, we're at war. This is an information war. That's what you're witnessing right now.

War is dirty. War is not nice. It's nasty, and that's what you're seeing. If it was a real physical war and people were dying on the streets, you would see that as plain as day. But once again, he has to set certain things up to be used against them.

He put this out on true social. He said the following. Remember the same animals and thugs that would do this to perhaps 200 million people, but actually all Americans are the Communists, marxists, rhinos, and losers that are purposely destroying our country. And Trump, he's standing in the way. If they can get rid of him, that's what they do believe.

They're going to be coming after the American people. Do you think they're not going to round up the American people, or are they going to try to round up the American people? Are they going to make the Trump supporters lives miserable? Of course they are. That's why they need to take him out.

Is it going to happen? I don't believe so. I believe this was planned from the very beginning. The military allowed him to call the shots. He has the trump card.

He has the declassification. They all know this, and they're trying everything they possibly can to get rid of him. Kim.com put this out, and he said Trump hasn't returned to Twitter since his account was unbanned. He fails to get his message out to a significantly larger audience. That's a lost opportunity.

Dems wanted Trump ban on Twitter for a reason. He could bypass the corrupt fake news media. Why gift the Dems a win? Why wouldn't Trump go back on Twitter? Can he go back on Twitter?

I think he possibly can. But why wouldn't he? Think about that for a second. Will he ever return to Twitter? I do believe so.

Elon Musk responded to this with a clock, and it looks like in time, he will return to Twitter. I wonder what he's going to say on Twitter. That's going to be very interesting. Maybe it's the storm. And then we have viva, Frey.

He put this out on Twitter. He's referring to Mario NEWFALL, and he said the following trump may be handcuffed and arrested next week. This is as a result of a possible indictment. Could this be the end of Trump? Well, Viva responded to this and says if this happens, it will be the beginning of Trump's reelection.

Elon Musk responded to that and said, if this happens, trump will be reelected in a landslide victory. Actually, if they strike him down in this way, he will become more powerful than anyone could ever imagine. But think about what Trump has been doing this entire time. He has been baiting them in the entire time. They keep saying that nobody is above the law, not even the president or former president.

No. Remember this. No other US president, sitting or former, has ever been charged with a crime. He's going to be the first one. So if the deep state goes through with the Trump arrest, they're going to set another precedent.

This precedent will be added to all other precedents. That means every former president right now can be arrested. He's already shown the public that this is possible. This is very important. Now, is he baiting in the deep state to do this?

Of course he is. Will they do it? Well, let's see how this plays out. Let's see if they go through with it. But let's go back to post 30 716.

This is December 17, 2019. It says, first indictment unseal will trigger mass population awakening. First arrest will verify action and confirm future direction. So is this post actually talking about Trump? Because will this actually show us the future direction that now former presidents can be arrested?

Let's go to post 31 25. That, by the way. This is March 20, 2019. It says, the pill must be easy to swallow the lead in. The public must be prepared for what is about to come.

The public needs to understand this. Julian's Rum put this out on True Social, said the following. And he's pointing to a Wall Street Journal article and says, trump lawyer used private company pseudonyms to pay porn star Stormy Daniels. This was put out on January 18, 2018. He's pointing to a post which is 540, which is January 18, 2018.

It says, this will be the path forward with public outrage to jail many so called untouchables. And you have to remember, they're trying to stop him from what he'll do when he's back in the White House. They know he's going to be coming after them, and that's why they're doing this. And what's very interesting, and this is March 21, 2020, on the day that he's supposedly getting arrested, this post 38 95, it says, do not fear. So everyone is now wondering, what should we do?

Trump is letting us know we should protest. But you need to think about protests. A lot of people think protest. Just you go on the street and you protest. But there are many ways to protest.

I see a lot of people saying that we need to pray for Trump. Yes, we should pray for Trump, but is that going to send the message that we need? Well, right now, Trump hasn't been arrested at all, so we're not going to be talking about protests. And if he is going to be arrested, I've already created a special video that I will release tomorrow or the next day, depending on when all this happens. If he doesn't get arrested, then we don't have to worry about the video.

But to support our president, to support him right now, and to show the deep state who the majority is, this is what I think we should do, and we've done it before, and I think we should do this on a massive scale. I think there's a lot more than 81 million people, and this is a very simple thing to do. Everyone, put your flag out. Every house, every car, every bus, every train, every building, every overpass, every person. If it's a Trump flag, an American flag, put it out.

Let them see us. Show the president that we support him. Can you imagine a country and you just look down the street and all you see is American flags. If you look on the highway and all you see is American flags on cars, when you walk down the street, all you see is that people have the American flag on them. Tell your brothers, tell your sister, your cousins, your mothers, your fathers.

Use social media DM people text people. Use the phone. Let the world see who the true president of the United States is. Let the world see who the majority is. Show the deep state who we are.

People say, what can I do? How can I do something? I'm just one person. Well, you know what? This is very simple.

Put your flag out. Put it everywhere. This is in support of Trump, our president. Take a picture of the flag. Post it on True Social.

Comment on his post. Let everyone see it. Everywhere. You see people talking about the arrest. Put flags all over their posts, on Twitter, on Facebook, everywhere.

So everyone see flags everywhere. Everywhere they turn, they see social flags. They look outside, there's flags. Everywhere you look, it's flags. And that represents our true president.

That's what we do now. If he gets arrested, we'll take this to the next level. Will we be peaceful? Absolutely. Will we allow them to infiltrate us?

Absolutely not. There's always different types of protests. This is for our president. This is for our country. If he loses, we lose the country.

And now is the time. Now is the time to show who we support. Show the deep state, show the fake news, who the majority really is. Flags out everywhere. Listen, everyone.

Thanks a lot for listening. Be well, be safe, and especially be prepared. Thanks a lot.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.